3-858-174-12 (1)
Digital Video
Camera Recorder
Operating Instructions
Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly,
and retain it for future reference.
àçëíêìäñàü èé ùäëèãìÄíÄñàà
è ‰˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂȇÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡‚ÌËχÚÂθÌÓÔ Ó˜ÚËÚÂ,
ÔÓʇÎÛÈÒÚ‡,‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚ÓËÒÓı ‡ÌflÈÚ„ӉÎfl
‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯËı ÒÔ ‡‚ÓÍ.
DCR-PC7E
©1996 by Sony Corporation
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Table of contents
é„·‚ÎÂÌËÂ
Before you begin
è ‰ ̇˜ÎÓÏ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ìˉ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡
è ӂ ͇ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚ı Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ
Using this manual 4
4
Checking supplied accessories 6
6
Getting started
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÇÒÚ‡‚͇ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ 11
7
Charging and installing the battery pack 7
Inserting a cassette 11
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Basic operations
Camera recording 12
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ 15
ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ 16
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË 19
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÎÂÌÚ˚ 21
12
Using the zoom feature 15
Shooting with the LCD screen 16
Hints for better shooting 19
Playing back a tape 21
Searching for the end of the picture 24
èÓËÒÍ ÍÓ̈‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl 24
Advanced operations
ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸Ú ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl 25
Using alternative power sources 25
Using the mains 25
Changing the mode settings 28
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˽ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË 25
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÂÊËÏÓ‚ 28
—ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚—
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰Îfl ÒÌËχÂÏÓ„Ó ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ 32
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‡ Á‡ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÍÓ ÓÚÍËı
Ô ËÂÏÓ‚ 33
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚‚‰ÂÌË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl 34
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ 35
—for camera recording—
Letting the subject monitor the shot 32
Shooting scenery in several short takes 33
Fade-in and fade-out 34
Using the wide mode function 35
Photo recording 36
Releasing the SteadyShot function 38
Using the PROGRAM AE function 40
Focusing manually 42
Adjusting the white balance 44
Locking the exposure 46
á‡ÔËÒ¸ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËÈ 36
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË STEADYSHOT 38
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË PROGRAM AE 40
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡ 42
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó 44
îËÍÒË Ó‚‡ÌË ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË 46
—for playing back/editing—
Watching on a TV screen 47
Displaying recording data – data code function 49
Returning to a pre-registered position 50
Locating the beginning of each scene 51
Editing onto another tape 52
—ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl/ÏÓÌڇʇ—
Audio dubbing 55
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
47
éÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Á‡ÔËÒË -– ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÍÓ‰‡
‰‡ÌÌ˚ı 49
ÇÓÁ‚ ‡ÚÍÔ Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓÁ‡ „ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓÁˈËË 50
é·Ì‡ ÛÊÂÌË ̇˜‡Î‡ ͇ʉÓÈ ÒˆÂÌ˚ 51
åÓÌÚ‡Ê Ì‡ ‰ Û„Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ 52
Additional Information
Charging the vanadium-lithium battery inthe
camcorder 57
Resetting the date and time 58
Usable cassettes and playback modes 60
Tips for using the battery pack 62
Maintenance information and precautions 66
Using your camcorder abroad 70
Trouble check 71
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„ÓÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
55
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  57
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË 58
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ë ÂÊËÏ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl 60
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ 62
Specifications 79
Identifying the parts 81
Warning indicators 91
Index Back cover
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËflÔÓÛıÓ‰ÛÁ‡‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏË
Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË 66
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡
„ ‡ÌˈÂÈ 70
è ӂ ͇ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
75
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡ ‡ÍÚ ËÒÚËÍË 80
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ 81
è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÂË̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚
91
ÄÎÙ‡‚ËÚÌ˚È Û͇Á‡ÚÂθ ᇉÌflfl Ó·ÎÓÊ͇
3
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Before you begin
è ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡
Using this manual
Welcome !
ÑÓ· Ó ÔÓʇÎÓ‚‡Ú¸ !
Congratulations on your purchase of this
Sony Handycam Vision camcorder. With
your Handycam Vision, you can capture
life’s precious moments with superior picture
and sound quality. Your Handycam Vision
is loaded with advanced features, but at the
same time it is very easy to use. You will
soon be producing home video that you can
enjoy for years to come.
èÓÁ‰ ‡‚ÎflÂÏLJÒÒÔ ËÓ· ÂÚÂÌËÂÏ
‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Handycam Vision
ÙË Ï˚ Sony. ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ LJ¯ÂÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Handycam Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Á‡Ô˜‡ÚÎÂÚ¸ ‰Ó Ó„ËÂ Ç‡Ï Ï„ÌÓ‚ÂÌËfl
ÊËÁÌË Ò Ô Â‚ÓÒıÓ‰Ì˚Ï Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÓÏ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë Á‚Û͇.
LJ¯‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Handycam Vision
ÓÒ̇˘Â̇ ÛÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ÏË
ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË, ÌÓ ‚ ÚÓ Ê ‚ ÂÏfl  ӘÂ̸
΄ÍÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸. ÇÒÍÓ Â Ç˚ ·Û‰ÂÚÂ
ÒÓÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ÒÂÏÂÈÌ˚ ‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚,
ÍÓÚÓ ˚ÏË ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ò·ʉ‡Ú¸Òfl
ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë „Ó‰˚.
As you read through this manual, buttons and
settings on the camcorder are shown in capital
letters.
e.g., Set the POWER switch to CAMERA.
As indicated with
hear the beep sound to confirm your operation.
in the illustrations, you can
äÓ„‰‡Ç˚·Û‰ÂÚ˜ËÚ‡Ú¸‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó,
Û˜ËÚ˚‚‡ÈÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ÔÓ͇Á‡Ì˚ Á‡„·‚Ì˚ÏË ·ÛÍ‚‡ÏË.
è ËÏ. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA.
Note on TV colour systems
TV colour systems differ from country to
country. To view your recordings on a TV, you
need an PAL system-based TV.
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ËÒÛÌ͇ı Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl Á̇Í
, ÚÓ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ
Ò˄̇Π‰Îfl ÔӉڂ ʉÂÌËfl LJ¯ÂÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚.
Precaution on copyright
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÒËÒÚÂχÏ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl
Television programmes, films, video tapes, and
other materials may becopyrighted.
Unauthorized recording of such materials may
be contrary to the provision of the copyright
laws.
ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ÓÚ΢‡˛ÚÒfl
‚Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÒÚ ‡Ì˚.ÑÎflÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡
LJ¯ËıÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈÔÓÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÛLJÏ
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ,
ÓÒÌÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È Ì‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ PAL.
è ‰ÓÒÚ ÂÊÂÌËÂÓ·‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓÏ
Ô ‡‚Â
íÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚Â Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚, ÍËÌÓÙËθÏ˚,
‚ˉÂÓÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë ‰ Û„Ë χÚ ˇÎ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸
Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚ ‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍËÏ Ô ‡‚ÓÏ.
çÂÔ ‡‚ÓÏӘ̇fl Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ú‡ÍËı χÚ ˇÎÓ‚
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ÓÚË‚Ó Â˜ËÚ¸ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËflÏ Á‡ÍÓ̇ Ó·
‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓÏÔ ‡‚Â.
4
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Precautions on camcorder care
è ‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚËÔÓÛıÓ‰ÛÁ‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
• Do not let sand get into the camcorder.
When you use the camcorder on a sandy
beach or in a dusty place, protect it from the
sand or dust. Sand or dust may cause the
unit to malfunction, and sometimes this
malfunction cannot be repaired [a].
• Do not let the camcorder get wet. Keep the
camcorder away from rain and sea water.
Letting the camcorder get wet may cause
the unit to malfunction, and sometimes this
malfunction cannot be repaired [b].
• Never leave the camcorder exposed to
temperatures above 60°C (140°F), such as in
a car parked in the sun or under direct
sunlight [c].
• ç ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÈÚ ÔÂÒÍÛ ÔÓÔ‡ÒÚ¸ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ ÔÂÒ˜‡ÌÓÏ ÔÎflÊ ËÎË ‚
Ô˚θÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ, Ô Â‰Óı ‡ÌflÈڠ ÓÚ
ÔÂÒ͇ ËÎË Ô˚ÎË. èÂÒÓÍ ËÎË Ô˚θ ÏÓ„ÛÚ
‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡, Ë ‚
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ˝Ú‡ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸
Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ [a].
• ç ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Â·ڸÒfl
‚·ÊÌÓÈ. è ‰Óı ‡ÌflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ÓÚ
‰Óʉfl ËÎË ÏÓ ÒÍÓÈ ‚Ó‰˚. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
̇ÏÓ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, ÚÓ ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ
‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡, Ë ‚
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ˝Ú‡ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸
Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ [b].
• çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ Ò‚˚¯Â 60°ë
(140°F), Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ,
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÏ Ì‡ ÒÓÎ̈ ËÎË ÔÓ‰
Ô flÏ˚ÏË ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ÏË ÎÛ˜‡ÏË [c].
[a]
[b]
[c]
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÏÛ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ Ë
˝Í ‡ÌÛ ÜäÑ
ñ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ Ë ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌ˚ Ò Ô ËÏÂÌÂÌËÂÏ
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÔ ÂˆËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ,
˜Â Ì˚ ÚÓ˜ÍË ËÎË fl ÍË ÚÓ˜ÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡
(Í ‡ÒÌ˚Â, ÒËÌËÂ ËÎË ÁÂÎÂÌ˚Â) ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÏ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. ùÚË ÚÓ˜ÍË Ì Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl ̇
ÎÂÌÚÛ. ùÚÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
(ùÙÙÂÍÚË‚Ì˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl:
·ÓÎÂÂ 99,99%).
Note on the colour viewfinder and the LCD
screen
The colour viewfinder and the LCD screen are
made with high-precision technology. However,
black points or bright points of light (red, blue, or
green) may appear constantly on the colour
viewfinder or the LCD screen. These points are
not recorded on the tape. This is not a
malfunction. (Effective dots: more than 99.99%)
Contents of the recording cannot be
compensated if recording or playback is not
made due to a malfunction of the camcorder,
video tape, etc.
ëӉ ÊËÏÓ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
ÍÓÏÔÂÌÒË Ó‚‡ÌÓ, ÂÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ì ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚÒfl
‚ÒΉÒÚ‚ËÂÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚,
‚ˉÂÓÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë Ú.‰.
5
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
è ӂ ͇
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚ı
Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ
Checking supplied
accessories
Check that the following accessories are supplied
with your camcorder.
è Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂ,˜ÚÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂÔ Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
Ô Ë·„‡˛ÚÒfl Í Ç‡¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
1
4
7
2
5
8
3
6
9
1 Wireless Remote Commander (1) (p. 85)
1 ÅÂÒÔ Ó‚Ó‰Ì˚È ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (1) (ÒÚ . 85)
2 NP-F100 battery pack (1) (p. 7)
2 Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F100 (1) (ÒÚ . 7)
3 AC-V100 AC power adaptor (1) (p. 7, 25)
The shape of the plug varies from region to
region.
3 ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇AC-V100 (1)
(ÒÚ .7,25)
îÓ Ï‡ ¯ÚÂÔÒÂθÌÓÈ ‚ËÎÍË ‡Á΢‡ÂÚÒfl ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚ Â„ËÓ̇ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl.
4 R6 (size AA) battery for Remote
Commander (2) (p. 86)
4 Ňڇ ÂÈ͇ R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ) ‰Îfl ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (2) (ÒÚ . 86)
5 S video connecting cable (1) (p. 47, 53)
6 A/V connecting cable (1) (p. 47, 53)
7 DK-626 connecting cord (1) (p. 25)
8 21-pin adaptor (1) (p. 48)
5 ëÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ S-‚ˉÂÓ (1)
(ÒÚ .47,53)
6 ëÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ
(1)(ÒÚ .47,53)
7 ëÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ DK-626 (1)
9 Battery terminal cover (1) (p. 10)
(ÒÚ .25)
8 21-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ
(1) (ÒÚ . 48)
9 ä ˚¯Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚
(1) (ÒÚ .
10)
6
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Getting started
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Charging and installing
the battery pack
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Before using your camcorder, you first need to
charge and install the battery pack. To charge
the battery pack, use the supplied AC power
adaptor.
This camcorder operates with the NP-F100/NP-
F200 “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack.
è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ç‡¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
LJÏÌÛÊÌÓÒÔ ‚‡Á‡ fl‰ËÚ¸ËÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. ÑÎfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ
‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„ÓÚÓ͇.
чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÓÚ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ “InfoLITHIUM” NP-F100/
NP-F200.
“InfoLITHIUM” is a trademark of Sony
Corporation.
“InfoLITHIUM” fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÓ‚‡ Ì˚Ï Á̇ÍÓÏ
äÓ ÔÓ ‡ˆËËSony.
Charging the battery pack
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
(1)Connect the mains lead to the AC power
adaptor.
(2)Align the hooks of the battery pack with the
AC power adaptor. Then fit the battery pack
in the direction of the arrow.
(3)Connect the mains lead to mains. The
CHARGE lamp (orange) lights up. Charging
begins.
When the CHARGE lamp goes out, normal
charge is completed (Normal charge). For a full
charge, which allows you to use the battery
longer than usual, leave the battery pack in place
for approximately one hour (Full charge).
Unplug the cord from the mains, then remove
the battery pack and install it into the camcorder.
You can also use the battery pack before it is
completely charged.
(1)èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰ÍÒÂÚ‚ÓÏÛ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ÛÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
(2)ᇈÂÔËÚÂ Í ˛˜ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ Á‡
Á‡ı‚‡Ú˚ÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÚÓ͇. á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
̇ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„ÓÚÓ͇‚
Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË, Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓÏ ÒÚ ÂÎÍÓÈ.
(3)èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓȯÌÛ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇Í
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË.
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE (Ó ‡ÌÊ‚‡fl) ·Û‰ÂÚ
„Ó ÂÚ¸. ᇠfl‰Í‡ ̇˜‡Î‡Ò¸.
äÓ„‰‡ ·ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ,
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇
(ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ). ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË,
ÍÓÚÓ ‡flÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚLJÏËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‰Óθ¯Â, ˜ÂÏ Ó·˚˜ÌÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÂ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
̇ Ó‰ËÌ ˜‡Ò (ÔÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ).
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¯ÌÛ ÓÚ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË.‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ÒÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ë
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û. Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‰Ó
ÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ÓÌ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ fl‰ËÚÒfl.
2
1
3
CHARGE
Continued to the next page
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl̇ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
7
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Charging and installing the
battery pack
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Charging time
Ç ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
NP-F100(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
NP-F200
Ç ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË*
Battery pack
NP-F100 (supplied)
NP-F200
Charging time *
130 (70)
130 (70)
170 (110)
170 (110)
óËÒ· ‚ ÒÍӷ͇ı Û͇Á˚‚‡˛Ú ‚ ÂÏfl ‰Îfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË. ( çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡
Numbers in parentheses indicate the time for a
normal charge. (Normal charge)
* Approximate number of minutes to charge an
empty battery pack fully using the supplied AC
power adaptor. (Full charge) (Lower
)
*
è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÌÓÈ
Á‡ fl‰ÍË ‡Á flÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó·ÎÓ͇Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏÔ Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„ÓÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇. ( èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ) (è Ë
·ÓÎÂÂÌËÁÍËıÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ıÔÓÚ Â·ÛÂÚÒfl·ÓÎÂÂ
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË.)
temperatures require a longer charging time.)
Battery life
While using with viewfinder
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
Battery
pack
Continuous
recording
time **
Typical
recording
time ***
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È
· Î Ó Í
Ç ÂÏfl ÌÂ-
Ô Â ˚‚ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË**
Ç ÂÏfl
ÚËÔ˘ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË***
NP-F100
(supplied)
55 (45)
30 (25)
NP-F100
(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
55 (45)
30 (25)
NP-F200
100 (85)
50 (45)
NP-F200
100 (85)
50 (45)
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÜäÑ
While using with LCD
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È Ç ÂÏfl ÌÂ-
Ç ÂÏfl
Ç ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ Ó-
ÚËÔ˘ÌÓÈ ËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ò
Á‡ÔËÒË*** Ô Ó Ï Ó ˘ ¸ ˛
Ü ä Ñ
Battery
pack
Continuous
recording
time **
Typical
Playing
· Î Ó Í
Ô Â ˚‚ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË**
recording time
time *** with
LCD
NP-F100
(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
45 (40)
75 (70)
25 (20)
50 (45)
NP-F100
45 (40)
75 (70)
25 (20)
50 (45)
(supplied)
NP-F200
40 (35)
90 (80)
NP-F200
40 (35)
90 (80)
óËÒ· ‚ ÒÍӷ͇ı Û͇Á˚‚‡˛Ú ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ÏËÌÛÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ
Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË Ë ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl Ë ˝Í ‡Ì‡
ÜäÑ Ò ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
·Â‰ÂÚÍÓ Ó˜Â.
è Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı Ò ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚
Á‡ fl‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó·ÎÓ͇·Û‰ÂÚÍÓ Ó˜Â.
** è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ô Ë
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈÚÂÔÏ ‡ÚÛ Â.
*** è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı Ô Ë
Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ÔÓ‚ÚÓ Ì˚Ï Ì‡˜‡ÎÓÏ/ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÏ
Á‡ÔËÒË, ÂÊËÏÓÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,̇ÂÁ‰ÓÏ
Numbers in parentheses indicate the time when
you use a normal charged battery pack.
When using both the viewfinder and the LCD
screen, the battery life is shorter.
When recording in a cold environment, the
battery life is shorter
** Approximate number of minutes to record at
normal temperature
*** Approximate number of minutes when
recording with repeated recording start/stop,
standby, zooming and turning the power on/
off. The actual battery life may be shorter.
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Ë
‚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ/‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. î‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍËÈ Ò ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÍÓ Ó˜Â.
Note on remaining battery time indication
during recording
Remaining battery time is displayed on the LCD
screen or in the viewfinder. It may not be
displayed properly, however, depending on the
conditions and circumstances of use.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Û͇Á‡Ì˲ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl
‚ ÂÏÂÌË ‡·ÓÚ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
éÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ ÂÏfl ‡·ÓÚ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ. éÌÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl
Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ Ë
Ó·ÒÚÓflÚÂθÒÚ‚ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl.
8
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
ÑÎfl ÒÌflÚËfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
To remove the battery pack
燉ÂÊÌÓ Û‰Â ÊË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ,
̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÌËÊÌ˛˛ ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„ÓÚÓ͇ËÒÌËÏËÚÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÒÚ ÂÎÍË.
While holding the battery pack firmly, press the
button on the AC power adpator and take out the
battery pack in the direction of the arrow.
è Ë ÒÌflÚËË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰¸ÚÂ
ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Â„Ó ÌÂ Û ÓÌËÚ¸.
When removing the battery pack
Be careful not to drop it.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ fl‰Í ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
• ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl „Ó fl˘ÂÈ Ì‡
Ô ÓÚflÊÂÌËËÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó„Ó‚ ÂÏÂÌË,‰‡ÊÂÂÒÎË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÌflÚ Ë ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ Ô Ó‚Ó‰
ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓÚÒÂÚËÔÓÒÎÂÁ‡ fl‰ÍË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
Ì Ó Ï ‡ Î ¸ Ì ˚ Ï .
• ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE Ì „Ó ËÚ,
ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰.
è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ˜Â ÂÁ Ó‰ÌÛ ÏËÌÛÚÛ ÒÌÓ‚‡
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰.
Notes on charging the battery pack
•The CHARGE lamp will remain lit for a while
even if the battery pack is removed and the
mains lead is unplugged after charging the
battery pack. This is normal.
•If the CHARGE lamp does not light, disconnect
the mains lead. After about one minute,
reconnect the mains lead again.
•You cannot charge the battery pack while
operating the camcorder using the AC power
adaptor.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ flʇڸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇.
•When a fully charged battery pack is installed,
the CHARGE lamp will light once, then go out.
• äÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE
Á‡„Ó ËÚÒflÓ‰ËÌ ‡Á,‡Á‡ÚÂÏÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ.
9
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Charging and installing the
battery pack
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Installing the battery pack
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
(1) Set the BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch to
RELEASE.
(2) Remove the battery terminal cover.
(3) Align the hooks of the battery pack with the
catches of the camcorder and place the battery
pack in place.
(1)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ BATT LOCK/
RELEASE ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ RELEASE.
(2)ëÌËÏËÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚.
(3)ᇈÂÔËÚÂ Í ˛˜ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ Á‡
Á‡ı‚‡Ú˚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÓ.
(4) Set the BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch to
LOCK.
(4)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ BATT LOCK/
RELEASE ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ LOCK.
2
3
1
4
To remove the battery pack
ÑÎfl ÒÌflÚË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ëΉÛfl ‚˚¯ÂÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ Ô ÓˆÂ‰Û Â ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚÂ
3, ÒÌËÏËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. è Ë ÒÌflÚËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰¸Ú ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚, ˜ÚÓ·˚
„ÓÌÂÛ ÓÌËÚ¸.
Follow the procedure above and in step 3,
remove the battery pack. When removing the
battery pack, be careful not to drop it.
Note on battery terminal cover
To protect the battery terminals, install the
battery terminal cover after the battery pack is
removed.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Í ˚¯Í ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰Óı ‡ÌÂÌËfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Èı ÍÎÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚
ÔÓÒΠÒÌflÚËfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
Note on BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch
Be sure that the BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch is
set to LOCK when the battery pack is installed.
Otherwise, it may drop out when you use the
camcorder.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂβ BATT
LOCK/RELEASE
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ BATT LOCK/
RELEASE ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË LOCK,
ÍÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. Ç
Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÓÌ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Ô‡ÒÚ¸, ÍÓ„‰‡
Ç˚·Û‰ÂÚÂËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
To prevent malfunction
In the following cases make sure that the POWER
switch is set to OFF first.
•Installing and removing the battery pack.
•Inserting and ejecting a cassette.
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË
Ç ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ÒÔ ‚‡ ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ OFF.
•ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ë Á‡ÏÂ̇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
•ÇÒÚ‡‚͇ Ë ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌË ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚.
10
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Inserting a cassette
ÇÒÚ‡‚͇ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÓθÍÓ Í‡ÒÒÂÚÛ
You can use mini DV cassette with
only.
logo*
mini DV, co ÁÌaÍoÏ
logo*.
Make sure that the power source is installed.
(1)Place the grip strap away from the lid of the
cassette compartment to avoid damaging the
lid.
(2)Open the lid of the cassette compartment and
push 6 EJECT inside the lid. The cassette
compartment automatically lifts up and
opens.
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ.
(1)ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈÁ‡ı‚‡Ú‚ÒÚÓ ÓÌÂ
ÓÚ Í ˚¯ÍË Í‡ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ ‚Ó
ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl Í ˚¯ÍË.
(2)éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ Í‡ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ 6 EJECT ‚ÌÛÚ Ë Í ˚¯ÍË.
ä‡ÒÒÂÚÌ˚ÈÓÚÒÂ͇‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÔÓ‰ÌËχÂÚÒflËÓÚÍ ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl.
(3)Insert a cassette with the window facing out.
(4)Push the cassette compartment. The cassette
compartment is automatically pulled down.
(5)Close the lid until it clicks.
(3)ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ ÓÍÓ¯ÍÓÏ, Ó· ‡˘ÂÌÌ˚Ï
̇ ÛÊÛ.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È ÓÚÒÂÍ. ä‡ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È
ÓÚÒÂÍ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚Úfl„Ë‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ÌËÁ.
(5)á‡Í ÓÈÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ, ÔÓ͇ Ó̇ Ì Á‡˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚÒfl.
*
is a trademark.
*
fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÓ‚‡ Ì˚Ï Á̇ÍÓÏ.
1, 2 6EJECT
3
4, 5
4
3
1
5
2
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Note
è ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Á‡Í ˚Ú¸ Í ˚¯ÍÛ Í‡ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÓÚÒÂ͇۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸,˜ÚÓ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚ÈÓÚÒÂÍ
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‚ÚflÌÛÚ ‚ÌËÁ.
Before you close the lid of the cassette
compartment, make sure the cassette
compartment is completely pulled down.
ÑÎfl ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
ëΉÛfl ‚˚¯ÂÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ Ô ÓˆÂ‰Û Â ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚÂ
3,Û‰‡ÎËÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ.
To eject the cassette
Follow the procedure above and in step 3, take
out the cassette.
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó
ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
To Prevent Accidental Erasure
Slide and open the tab on the cassette to expose
the red mark. If you try to record with the red
mark exposed, the L and 6 indicators flash on
the LCD screen or in the viewfinder, and you
cannot record on the tape. To re-record on this
tape, slide and close the tab to cover the red
mark.
뉂Ë̸ÚÂËÓÚÍ ÓÈÚÂÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ͇̇ÒÒÂÚÂ,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ·˚ÎÓ ‚ˉÌÓ Í ‡ÒÌÛ˛ ÏÂÚÍÛ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ô Ë ‚ˉËÏÓÈ
Í ‡ÒÌÓÈ ÏÂÚÍÂ, ÚÓ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ LË6·Û‰ÛÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ, Ë
Ç˚ÌÂÒÏÓÊÂÚÂÔ ÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚËÁ‡ÔËҸ̇˝ÚÛ
ÎÂÌÚÛ. ÑÎfl ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl ÌÓ‚ÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡
Ú‡ÍÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò‰‚Ë̸ÚÂ Ë Á‡Í ÓÈÚ ÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ
‰Îfl Á‡Í ˚ÚËfl Í ‡ÒÌÓÈ ÏÂÚÍË.
11
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Basic operations
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Camera recording
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Make sure that the power source is installed and
a cassette is inserted. When you use the
camcorder for the first time, turn it on and reset
the date and time to your local date and time
before you start recording (p. 58).
Before you record one-time events, you may
want to make a trial recording to make sure that
the camcorder is working correctly.
(1) Remove the lens cap and hook it onto the grip
strap.
(2) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to CAMERA. The
camcorder is set to Standby mode.
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ
Ë Í‡ÒÒÂÚ‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ Ô ‚˚È ‡Á, ÚÓ ‚Íβ˜Ëڠ Ë
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂÏÂÒÚÌ˚‰‡ÚÛË‚ ÂÏflÔ ‰
̇˜‡ÎÓÏ Á‡ÔËÒË (ÒÚ . 58).
è ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ç˚ ̇˜ÌÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸
Ó‰ÌÓ ‡ÁÓ‚˚ı ÒÓ·˚ÚËÈ, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ıÓÚÂÚ¸
Ò‰ÂÎ‡Ú¸Ô Ó·ÌÛ˛Á‡ÔËÒ¸‰ÎflÔӉڂ ʉÂ-
ÌËfl, ˜ÚÓ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
(1)ëÌËÏËÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ Ë Á‡ˆÂÔËÚ ÂÂ
Á‡ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ Á‡ı‚‡Ú.
(2)ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂCAMERA.ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡·Û‰ÂÚ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË.
(3) Slide START/STOP MODE to
.
(4) Press START/STOP.
The camcorder starts recording. “REC”
appears in the viewfinder. The camera
recording lamp on the front of the camcorder
also lights up.
Do not press START/STOP too strongly; if
you do, the switching tone will be recorded.
(3)è ‰‚Ë̸Ú START/STOP MODE ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP.
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚÁ‡ÔËÒ¸.à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
“REC” ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇Á‡ÔËÒ˂ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈÒÔ ‰Ë
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ·Û‰ÂÚ „Ó ÂÚ¸.
ç ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ START/STOP
ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÒËθÌÓ; ÔÓÚÓÏÛ ˜ÚÓ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ú‡Í
҉·ÂÚÂ, Á‚ÛÍ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì.
2
STBY
0:00:00
60min
1
POWER
PLAYER
OFF
CAMERA
PHOTO
20min
4
3
REC
0:00:00
POWER
PLAYER
60min
OFF
CAMERA
PHO
20min
ÑÎfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Á‡ÔËÒË [a]
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ “STBY”
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ( ÂÊËÏ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË).
To stop recording momentarily [a]
Press START/STOP. The “STBY” indicator
appears in the viewfinder (Standby mode).
12
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
To finish recording [b]
ÑÎfl ÓÍÓ̘‡ÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË [b]
Press START/STOP again to stop recording. Set
the POWER switch to OFF. Then, eject the
cassette and remove the battery pack.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
Á‡ÔËÒË. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ Ë
Û‰‡ÎËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
[b]
[a]
POWER
POWER
PLAYER
OFF
POWER
PHO
STBY
0:35:20
25min
PLAYER
OFF
PLAYER
OFF
CAMERA
CAMERA
CAMERA
PHO
PHOTO
20min
To focus the viewfinder lens
ÑÎfl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
If you cannot see the indicators in the viewfinder
clearly, or after someone else has used the
camcorder, focus the viewfinder lens. Turn the
viewfinder lens adjustment dial so that the
indicators in the viewfinder come into sharp
focus.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ˜ÂÚÍÓ ‚ˉÂÚ¸
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚‚‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂËÎËÔÓÒÎÂÚÓ„Ó,
͇ÍÍÚÓ-ÚÓ‰ Û„ÓÈËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Î‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û,
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ‰ËÒÍ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl, Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ·˚ÎË ˜ÂÚÍÓ
ÒÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚‡Ì˚.
Note on Standby mode
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÂÊËÏÛ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË
If you leave the camcorder in Standby mode for 5
minutes while the cassette is inserted, the
camcorder turns off automatically. This prevents
wearing down the battery and wearing out the
tape. To resume Standby mode, while pressing
the small green button on the POWER switch, set
it to OFF once, and then to CAMERA. To start
recording, press START/STOP.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ Ô Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ
͇ÒÒÂÚÂ, ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.ùÚÓÔ Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚ ‡ÒıÓ‰
Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ Ë ËÁÌÓÒ ÎÂÌÚ˚.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÂÊËχ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,
̇ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER , ÒÔ ‚‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
CAMERA. ÑÎfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
START/STOP.
Note on recording mode
This camcorder records and plays back in SP
(standard play) mode and in LP (long play)
mode. Select SP or LP in the menu system.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÂÊËÏÛ Á‡ÔËÒË
чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸‚ ÂÊËÏÂSP(Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl)Ë‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
LP(Û‰ÎËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl).Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ
SP ËÎË LP ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
13
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Camera recording
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÂÊËÏÛ LP
Notes on LP mode
• å˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ Ì‡ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â. ÖÒÎË
ÎÂÌÚ‡, Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ̇ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â,
·Û‰ÂÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl̇‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÂËÎËÌ‡Ó·Ó ÓÚ,ÚÓÏÓÊÂÚ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÏÓÁ‡Ë˜Ì‡fl ¯ÂÚ͇ ÔÓÏÂı.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËχı LP Ë
SP ̇ Ó‰ÌÛ Ë ÚÛ Ê ÎÂÌÚÛ ËÎË ÂÒÎË Ç˚
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚ ҈ÂÌ˚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
LP,ÚÓ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌÓ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰
ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓ ÏÂʉÛ
ÒˆÂ̇ÏË.
•We recommend to use this camcorder to play
back a tape recorded on this camcorder. If a
tape recorded on other camcorder is played
back on this camcorder, or vice versa, mosaic-
pattern noise may appear.
•When you record in SP and LP modes on one
tape or you record some scenes in LP mode, the
playback picture may be distorted or the time
code may not be written properly between
scenes.
•We recommend to use a Sony ME cassette.
•You cannot make audio dubbing on a tape
recorded in LP mode. Use the SP mode for the
tape to be audio dubbed.
• å˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ
Sony ME.
• àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÂÊËÏ SP ‰Îfl ÎÂÌÚ, ̇
ÍÓÚÓ ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸Òfl
‡Û‰ËÓ‰Û·ÎË Ó‚‡ÌËÂ. Ç˚ÌÂÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰Û·ÎË Ó‚‡ÌË ̇ ÎÂÌÚÛ,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP.
Notes on the time code
•The time code indicates the recording or
playback time, "0:00:00" (hours : minutes :
seconds) in CAMERA mode and "0:00:00:00"
(hours : minutes : seconds : frames) in PLAYER
mode.
•Be sure not make a blank portion when
recording, because the time code will start from
“0:00:00:00” again. You cannot rewrite the time
code on the tape if there is a blank portion
between pictures.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÏÛ ÍÓ‰Û
•
Ç ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflÔÓÔ Ë̈ËÔÛ“0:00:00”(˜‡Ò˚
: ÏËÌÛÚ˚ : ÒÂÍÛ̉˚) ‚ ÂÊËÏ CAMERA, Ë ÔÓ
Ô Ë̈ËÔÛ “0:00:00:00” (˜‡Ò˚ : ÏËÌÛÚ˚ :
ÒÂÍÛ̉˚ : ͇‰ ˚) ‚ ÂÊËÏ PLAYER.
•
ÅÛ‰¸Ú ‚ÌËχÚÂθÌ˚, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ì ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÎÓÒ¸
ÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓȘ‡ÒÚËÔ ËÁ‡ÔËÒË,Ú‡Í͇Í
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇˜ÌÂÚ ÓÚÒ˜ÂÚ Ò
Note on connecting an external microphone
You can record audio sound by connecting the
VMC-LM7 adaptor (not supplied) and an
external microphone. Connect the microphone to
the MIC jack of the VMC-LM7 adaptor. While
recording through an external microphone, the
built-in microphone of the camcorder does not
work.
“0:00:00:00”. Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ ̇ ÎÂÌÚÂ, ÂÒÎË Ì‡ ÌÂÈ ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚Û˛Ú
ÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ˜‡ÒÚË ÏÂÊ‰Û ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÏË.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ˲ ‚̯̄Ó
ÏËÍ ÓÙÓ̇
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
ÔÛÚÂÏ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ VMC-LM7 (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) Ë ‚̯ÌÂ„Ó ÏËÍ ÓÙÓ̇.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌÍ„ÌÂÁ‰ÛMIĊ‡‰‡ÔÚ Â
VMC-LM7. èpË ÁaÔËcË ˜Â ÂÁ ‚̯ÌËÈ ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ
‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.
Note on the beep sound
As indicated with
in the illustrations, a beep
sounds when you turn the power on or when
you start recording, and two beeps sound when
you stop recording, confirming the operation.
Several beeps also sound as a warning of any
unusual condition of the camcorder.
Note that the beep sound is not recorded on the
tape. If you do not want to hear the beep sound,
select “OFF” in the menu system.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÁÛÏÏ ÌÓÏÛ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ Ò˄̇ÎÛ
ä‡Í Û͇Á‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ËÒÛÌ͇ı Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
, Ó‰ËÌ
ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇ΠÁ‚Û˜ËÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÂ
ÔËÚ‡ÌË ËÎË Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸, Ë ‰‚‡ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚ı
Ò˄̇· Á‚Û˜‡Ú, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ¸,ÔӉڂ ʉ‡flÚÂÏÒ‡Ï˚Ï ‡·ÓÚÛ.
çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ Ú‡ÍÊ ·Û‰ÂÚ
Á‚Û˜‡Ú¸ ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â Ô Â‰ÛÔ ÂʉÂÌËfl ͇ÍÓ„Ó-
ÌË·Û‰¸ ÌÂÓ·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
á‡ÏÂÚ¸ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇ΠÌÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ÎÂÌÚÛ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇Î, ÚÓ ‚˚·Â ËÚÂ
“OFF” ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
Note on remaining tape indicator
The indicator may not be displayed accurately
depending on the tape. Though the indicator
does not appear at the time of recording, it will
appear in a few seconds.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Û ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ÚÓ˜ÌÓ ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÎÂÌÚ˚.чÊÂÂÒÎËË̉Ë͇ÚÓ
Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË, ÓÌ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÔÓÁÊÂ.
14
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Using the zoom feature
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Zooming is a recording technique that lets you
change the size of the subject in the scene.
For more professional-looking recordings, use
the zoom function sparingly.
“T” side: for telephoto (subject appears closer)
“W” side: for wide-angle (subject appears farther
away)
ç‡ÂÁ‰ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ
Ô ËÂÏÓÏÁ‡ÔËÒË,ÍÓÚÓ ˚ÈÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚLJÏ
ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ‡ÁÏ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ‡ ‚ ͇‰ Â. ÑÎfl ·ÓÎÂÂ
Ô ÓÙÂÒÒËÓ̇θÌӄӂˉ‡Á‡ÔËÒÂÈÛÏ ÂÌÌÓ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ̇ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
ëÚÓ Ó̇ “ í”: ‰Îfl ÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ (Ó·˙ÂÍÚ
Ô Ë·ÎËʇÂÚÒfl)
ëÚÓ Ó̇ “ W”: ‰Îfl ¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó Û„Î‡ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
(Ó·˙ÂÍÚ Û‰‡ÎflÂÚfl)
T
W
T
T
ZOOM
W
W
Zooming speed (Variable speed
zooming)
ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ ̇ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ (̇ÂÁ‰
Ò ‡Á΢ÌÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸˛)
Press the power zoom switch a little for a
relatively slow zoom; press it still more for a
high-speed zoom. Zooming speed while the
camcorder is in the Standby mode is faster than
that in the recording mode making it easier to
compose the scene.
è ‰‚Ë̸Ú ˚˜‡„ Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó
Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡ ÌÂÏÌÓ„Ó ‰Îfl Ò ‡‚ÌËÚÂθÌÓ
ωÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚;
Ô ‰‚Ë̸ÚÂ Â„Ó Â˘Â ‰‡Î¸¯Â ‰Îfl ̇ÂÁ‰‡ ̇
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË.ëÍÓ ÓÒڸ̇ÂÁ‰‡,ÍÓ„‰‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,·Û‰ÂÚ·˚ÒÚ ÂÂ,˜ÂÏÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸
̇ÂÁ‰‡‚ ÂÊËÏÂÁ‡ÔËÒË,˜ÚÓ‰‡ÂÚ
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ·ÓΠ΄ÍÓÈ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÓ‚ÍË ÒˆÂÌ.
When you shoot a subject using a telephoto
zoom
If you cannot get a sharp focus while in extreme
telephoto zoom, press the “W” side of the power
zoom switch until the focus is sharp. You can
shoot a subject that is at least about 80 cm (about
2 5/8 feet) away from the lens surface in the
telephoto position, or about 1 cm (about 1/2
inch) away in the wide-angle position.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÒÌËχÂÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl
̇ÂÁ‰ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ˜ÂÚÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Í ‡ÈÌÂ„Ó Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡ ‚
ÂÊËÏÂÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ,Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÈÚÂ
Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡ ‚
ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ“W”‰ÓÚÂıÔÓ ,ÔÓ͇Ç˚ÌÂÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚÂ
˜ÂÚÍÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÌËχڸ
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ÔÓ ÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ Ï  ̇ 80 ÒÏ
Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ÓÚ ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËËÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ,ËÎËÛ‰‡ÎÂÌ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 1 ÒÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË
¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó Û„Î‡.
15
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Camera recording
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÏÛ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ Û
Notes on digital zoom
•
í ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ 10ı ÒÓÁ‰‡Ì ‚
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÏ ËÒÔÓÎÌÂÌËË, Ë Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
ÛıÛ‰¯‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓ Ï  LJ¯Â„Ó ‰‚ËÊÂÌËfl ‚
ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ “í”. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ , ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
D ZOOM ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ OFF.
•More than 10x zoom is performed digitally, and
the picture quality deteriorates as you go
toward the “T” side. If you do not want to use
the digital zoom, set the D ZOOM function to
OFF in the menu system.
•The horizontal bar in the power zoom indicator
separates the digital zooming zone (above the
bar [a]) and the optical zooming zone (under
the bar [b]). If you set the D ZOOM function to
OFF, the part above the bar disappears.
•When using the digital zoom function, zooming
power is up to 20x.
•
ÉÓ ËÁÓÌڇθ̇flÔÓÎÓ҇̇Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Â
Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„ÓÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡‡Á‰ÂÎflÂÚÁÓÌÛ
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË(Ò‚Â ıÛÓÚÔÓÎÓÒ˚
ËÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË(ÒÌËÁÛÓÚÔÓÎÓÒ˚
[b]). ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ D ZOOM ̇
OFF,ÚÓ˜‡ÒÚ¸Ò‚Â ıÛÓÚÔÓÎÓÒ˚ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
[a])
• è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË,Í ‡ÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË
Û‚Â΢˂‡ÂÚÒfl ‰Ó 20ı.
T
T
[a]
[b]
W
W
ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
Shooting with the LCD screen
You can also record the picture while looking at
the LCD screen.
When using the LCD screen, the viewfinder
screen turns off automatically. You cannot
monitor the sound from the speaker during
recording.
Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÚ‡ÍÊÂÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Á‡ÔËÒ¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl, „Îfl‰fl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ ˝Í ‡Ì
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎ˚¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ ÓÚ
„ ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂÎfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
(1)éÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
(2)éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂÛ„ÓÎÔ‡ÌÂÎËÜäÑ.
è‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
̇90„ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚Ó‰ÌÛÒÚÓ ÓÌÛËÔ Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
̇180„ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚‚‰ Û„Û˛ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ.
(1) Open the LCD panel.
(2) Adjust angle of the LCD panel
The LCD panel moves about 90 degrees to
this side and about 180 degrees to the other
side.
ÑÎfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË fl ÍÓÒÚË ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
̇ÊÏËÚ LCD BRIGHT.
ëÚÓ ÓÌÛ +: ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ·ÓΠfl ÍÓ„Ó
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
ëÚÓ ÓÌÛ –: ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ·ÓΠÚÛÒÍÎÓ„Ó
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
To adjust the brightness of the LCD screen,
press LCD BRIGHT.
+ side: to brighten the LCD screen
– side: to dim the LCD screen
The battery life is longer when the LCD panel is
closed. Use the viewfinder instead of the LCD
screen to save the battery power.
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ
‰ÎËÌÂÂ, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ Á‡Í ˚Ú‡.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ ‚ÏÂÒÚÓ ˝Í ‡Ì‡
ÜäÑ ‰Îfl ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
LCD BRIGHT
180˚
2
1
90˚
16
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
To let the subject monitor the shot
óÚÓ·˚ ‰‡Ú¸ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÒÌËχÂÏÓÏÛ
˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍÛ Ì‡·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ
èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ Ì‡ 180 „ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ (ÒÚ .
32)
Turn the LCD panel 180 degrees (p. 32).
Notes on the LCD panel
•When closing the LCD panel, turn it vertically
until it clicks [a].
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
•When turning the LCD panel, turn it always
vertically; otherwise, the camcorder body may
be damaged or the LCD panel may not close
properly [b].
•Close the LCD panel completely when not in
use.
• è Ë Á‡Í ˚‚‡ÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÈÚ‚ ÚË͇θÌÓ‰ÓÚÂıÔÓ ,
ÔÓ͇ Ó̇ Ì Á‡˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚÒfl [a].
• è Ë ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ ‰‚Ë„‡ÈÚ ÂÂ
‚Ò„‰‡ ‚ ÚË͇θÌÓ; ËÎË ‚ Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÍÓ ÔÛÒ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ ËÎË Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
Á‡Í ˚Ú‡ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓ [b].
•Do not push nor touch the LCD when moving
the LCD panel.
•You may find it difficult to view the LCD
screen due to glare when using the camcorder
outdoors.
• èÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ, ÍÓ„‰‡
Ó̇ÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl.
• ç ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ Ë ÌÂ Ú Ó„‡ÈÚ ÜäÑ Ô Ë
Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ.
• Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÒÚÓÎÍÌÛÚ¸ÒflÒÚ Û‰ÌÓÒÚflÏËÔ Ë
Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ Â Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÁ-Á‡ ÓÚ·ÎÂÒ͇
Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÛÎˈÂ.
[a]
[b]
17
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Camera recording
Selecting the start/stop mode
Ç˚·Ó ÂÊËχ Á‡ÔÛÒ͇/ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡
: When you press START/STOP, the
camcorder starts recording. When you press
the button again, the camcorder stops
recording. (factory setting)
: As long as you keep pressing START/STOP,
the camcorder records. When you release the
button, the camcorder stops recording.
5SEC: When you press START/STOP, the
camcorder records for 5 seconds and stops.
(p. 33)
: äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ START/STOP,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
̇ÊËχÂÚ ˝ÚÛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÓÔflÚ¸
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
(ᇂӉÒ͇fl ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇)
: èÓ͇ Ç˚ ‰Â ÊËÚ START/STOP ‚
̇ʇÚÓÏÒÓÒÚÓflÌ˂ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÓÚÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ
Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
5SEC: äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ START/STOP,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÁ‡ÔËÒ¸‚
Ú˜ÂÌËÂ5ÒÂÍÛ̉ËÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl.(ÒÚ .
33)
When you select or 5SEC, you cannot use the
fade-in/fade-out function.
When you select 5SEC, the remaining tape
indicator is not displayed.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚÂ
ËÎË 5SEC, Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl/
‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚ 5SEC Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
To attach an accessory
ÑÎfl Ô ËÍ ÂÔÎÂÌËfl
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Ó·Ó Û‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl
Attach an accessory (not supplied) to the
accessory shoe.
è ËÍ ÂÔËÚ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÂÓ·Ó Û‰Ó‚‡ÌËÂ
(ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) Í ‚˚‚Ó‰Û ‰Îfl
‚ÒÔÓÏÓ„‡ÚÂθÌÓ„ÓÓ·Ó Û‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
18
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Hints for better
shooting
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË
ÑÎfl ͇‰ Ó‚ Ô Ë Û‰Â Ê‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ‚
Û͇ı Ç˚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ ÎÛ˜¯Ë ÂÁÛθڇÚ˚, ÂÒÎË
·Û‰ÂÚ‰ ʇڸ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ۂÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË
ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏË ÂÍÓÏẨ‡ˆËflÏË:
For hand-held shots, you will get better results
by holding the camcorder according to the
following suggestions:
•Hold the camcorder firmly and secure it with
the grip strap so that you can easily manipulate
the controls with your thumb. [a]
•
Ñ ÊËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÍ ÂÔÍÓËÁ‡Í ÂÔËÚÂÂÂ
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó Á‡ı‚‡Ú‡ Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚
΄ÍÓ ÏÓ„ÎË Ï‡ÌËÔÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸ „ÛÎflÚÓ ‡ÏË Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ·Óθ¯Ó„Ó Ô‡Î¸ˆ‡. [a]
[a]
1
2
3
• ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ LJ¯Ë ÎÓÍÚË ÔÓ ·ÓÍ‡Ï ÓÚ Ò·fl.
• èÓ‰‰Â ÊË‚‡ÈÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛLJ¯ÂÈ΂ÓÈ
ÛÍÓÈ,˜ÚÓ·˚‰Â ʇڸ·ÓÎÂÂÛÒÚÓȘ˂Ó.
• éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂÛ„ÓÎÔ‡ÌÂÎËÜäÑ.
•Place your elbows against your side.
•Hold the camcorder with your left hand to keep
it steadier.
•Adjust the LCD panel angle.
•
Ñ ÊËÚ LJ¯Ë ԇθˆ˚ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡.
•Keep your fingers away from the lens.
•Place your eye firmly against the viewfinder
eyecup.
•Be sure not to touch the built-in microphone.
•Be sure not to touch the FOCUS button by
accident.
•Use the LCD panel frame or the viewfinder
frame as a guide to determine the horizontal
plane.
• 燉ÂÊÌÓ Ô ËÒÎÓÌËÚ LJ¯ „·Á Í ÓÍÛÎfl Û
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
• çË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌÂ Ú Ó„‡ÈÚ ‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È
ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ.
• çË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ì ‰ÓÚ Ó̸ÚÂÒ¸ ‰Ó ÍÌÓÔÍË
FOCUS.
• àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‚ËÁË ÌÛ˛ ‡ÏÍÛ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
‚͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡‰ÎflÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌËfl
„Ó ËÁÓÌڇθÌÓ„Ó Ô·̇.
•You can record in a low position to get an
interesting recording angle. Lift the LCD panel
up to record from a low position. [b]
•You can also record in a high position. Lift the
LCD panel down to record from a high
position. [c]
• Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÌËÁÍÓ„Ó
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ËÌÚ ÂÒÌÓ„Ó Û„Î‡
Á‡ÔËÒË. èÓ‰ÌËÏËÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‚‚ ı ‰Îfl
Á‡ÔËÒËËÁÌËÁÍÓ„ÓÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl.[b]
• Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ڇÍÊ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ËÁ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ„Ó
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl. èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‚ÌËÁ
‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÁ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl. [c]
[b]
[c]
Continued to the next page
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl̇ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
19
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Hints for better shooting
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
Place the camcorder on a flat surface or use a
tripod
ê‡ÒÔÓ·„‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ ÔÎÓÒÍÓÈ
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚËËÎËËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÚ ÂÌÓ„Û
èÓÒÚ‡ ‡ÈÚÂÒ¸‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ¸‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û
Ò‚Â ıÛ Ì‡ ÒÚÓΠËÎË Î˛·ÓÈ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ÔÎÓÒÍÓÈ
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚËÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ÂÈ‚˚ÒÓÚ˚.ÖÒÎËÛLJÒ
ÂÒÚ¸Ú ÂÌÓ„‡‰ÎflÙÓÚÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡,Ç˚Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÂ Ë ‰Îfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. è Ë Ô ËÍ ÂÔÎÂÌËË Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë ÌÂ
ÙË Ï˚ Sony ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‰ÎË̇ ‚ËÌÚ‡
Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë ÏÂÌ 6,5 ÏÏ. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
‚ËÌÚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸ ‚ÌÛÚ ÂÌÌË ˜‡ÒÚË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
Try placing the camcorder on a table top or any
other flat surface of suitable height. If you have a
tripod for a still camera, you can also use it with
the camcorder. When attaching a non-Sony
tripod, make sure that the length of the tripod
screw is less than 6.5 mm (9/32 inches).
Otherwise, the screw may damage the inner
parts of the camcorder.
If you wear glasses
You can bend back the eyecup to get a better
view of viewfinder [d].
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÓÒËÚ ӘÍË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ҄˷‡Ú¸ Á‡‰Ì˛˛ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ
ÓÍÛÎfl ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó Ó·ÁÓ ‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl[d].
Cautions on the LCD panel and on the
viewfinder
•Do not pick up the camcorder by the
viewfinder or the LCD panel [e].
è ‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ Ë
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ
•Do not place the camcorder so as to point the
viewfinder or the LCD panel toward the sun.
The inside of the viewfinder or the LCD panel
may be damaged. Be careful when placing the
camcorder under sunlight or by a window [f].
•Do not point the lens toward the sun with a
close-up lens attached. Doing so may damage
the camcorder.
• çÂÔÓ‰ÌËχÈÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÁ‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ ËÎË Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ. [e]
• ç ‡ÒÔÓÎÓ„‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ ËÎË Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ ·˚ÎË
Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌ˚ ‚ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ ÒÓÎ̈‡. ÇÌÛÚ ÂÌÌËÂ
˜‡ÒÚË ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl ËÎË Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ ÏÓ„ÛÚ
·˚Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ˚. ÅÛ‰¸Ú ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚ Ô Ë
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÔÓ‰ ÒÓÎ̈ÂÏ
ËÎË ‚ÓÁΠÓÍ̇. [f]
• çÂ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚË‚ ̇ ÒÓÎÌˆÂ Ô Ë
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ ‰Îfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË
Í ÛÔÌ˚Ï Ô·ÌÓÏ. í‡ÍÓ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
[d]
[e]
[f]
20
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
Î Â Ì Ú ˚
Playing back a tape
Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÔ ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(1)ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò ÓÍÓ¯ÍÓÏ,
Ó· ‡˘ÂÌÌ˚Ï Ì‡ ÛÊÛ.
(2)éÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
(3)ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË PLAYER. Ç˚҂˜˂‡˛ÚÒfl
ÍÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0 ‰Îfl Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰.
(5)ç‡ÊÏËÚ · ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(6)éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚ„ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ÒËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
VOLUME +/– fl ÍÓÒÚ¸ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÜäÑ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ LCD BRIGHT +/–.
You can monitor the playback picture on the
LCD screen or in the viewfinder.
(1)Insert the recorded tape with the window
facing out.
(2)Open the LCD panel.
(3)While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to PLAYER. The tape
transport buttons light up.
(4)Press 0 to rewind the tape.
(5)Press · to start playback.
(6)Adjust the volume using VOLUME +/– and
the brightness of the LCD screen using LCD
BRIGHT +/–.
You can also monitor the picture on a TV screen,
after connecting the camcorder to a TV or VCR.
Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÚ‡ÍÊÂÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
̇˝Í ‡ÌÂÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ÔÓÒÎÂÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË äÇå.
1
LCD BRIGHT
VOLUME
STOP REW
PLAY
FF
PAUSE
4
5
2
3
POWER
PLAYER
STOP REW
PLAY
FF
PAUSE
OFF
CAMERA
PHOTO
To stop playback, press p.
To rewind the tape, press 0.
To fast-forward the tape rapidly, press ).
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ p.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰,
̇ÊÏËÚ 0.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰,
̇ÊÏËÚ ).
Using the Remote Commander
You can control playback using the supplied
Remote Commander. Before using the Remote
Commander, insert the R6 (size AA) batteries .
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ Ì„Ó
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ).
To display the LCD screen/viewfinder screen
indicators
Press DISPLAY.
To erase the indicators, press again.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ó‚ ˝Í ‡Ì‡
ÜäÑ/˝Í ‡Ì‡ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DISPLAY.
ÑÎfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ó‚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
21
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Playing back a tape
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÎÂÌÚ˚
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚ (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡˛ÚÒfl) Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û AUDIO VIDEO OUT/
(ÒÚ . 83). Ç˚ÒÏÓÊÂÚ „ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸
„ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
VOLUME +/–.
Using headphones
Connect headphones (not supplied) to the
AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 jack (p. 83). You can
adjust the volume of the headphones using
VOLUME +/–.
2
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ. ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
‚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚. ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÓÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ. ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
To view the playback picture in the viewfinder
Close the LCD panel. The viewfinder turns on
automatically.
When using the viewfinder, you can monitor the
sound only by using headphones.
To view on the LCD screen again, open the LCD
panel. The viewfinder turns off automatically.
Various playback modes
ê‡Á΢Ì˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
To view a still picture (playback
pause)
Press P during playback. To resume playback,
press P or ·.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl(Ô‡ÛÁ‡‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl)
ç‡ÊÏËÚ P ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ P
ËÎË ·.
To locate a scene (picture search)
Keep pressing 0 or ) during playback. To
resume normal playback, release the button.
ÑÎfl ӷ̇ ÛÊÂÌËfl Ù ‡„ÏÂÌÚ‡ (ÔÓËÒÍ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl)
Ñ ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ 0 ËÎË ) ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
To monitor the high-speed picture
while advancing the tape or
rewinding (skip scan)
Keep pressing 0 while rewinding or ) while
advancing the tape. To resume normal
rewinding or fast-forward, release the button.
ÑÎfl ÍÓÌÚ ÓÎfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰
ËÎË Ì‡Á‡‰ (ÔÓËÒÍ ÏÂÚÓ‰ÓÏ Ô Ó„Ó̇)
Ñ ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ 0 ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ) ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰. ÑÎfl
To view the picture at 1/3 speed
(slow playback)
Press & on the Remote Commander during
playback. For slow playback in reverse direction,
press <, then press &. To resume normal
playback, press ·.
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË
‚Ô ‰ËÎË̇Á‡‰ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ 1/3
ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË(Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ)
ç‡ÊÏËÚ & ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ Ó· ‡ÚÌÓÏ
Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ <, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ &. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
To view the picture at double speed
For double speed playback in the reverse
direction, press <, then press ×2 on the Remote
Commander during playback. For double speed
playback in the forward direction, press >, then
press ×2 during playback. To resume normal
playback, press ·.
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò
Û‰‚ÓÂÌÌÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸˛
ÑÎflÛ‰‚ÓÂÌËflÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl‚
Ó· ‡ÚÌÓÏ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ <, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ×2 ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
Û‰‚ÓÂÌËflÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl‚
Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ‚Ô ‰ ̇ÊÏËÚ >, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ×2 ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
22
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
To view the picture frame-by-frame
Press ' or 7 on the Remote Commander in
playback pause mode. If you keep pressing the
button, you can view the picture at 1/25 speed.
To resume normal playback, press ·.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ͇‰ ‡ Á‡ ͇‰ ÓÏ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ' ËÎË 7 ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.ÖÒÎËÇ˚‰Â ÊËÚ·ۉÂÚÂ
‰Â ʇڸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡Ê‡ÚÓÈ, ÚÓ Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ̇1/25
ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË. ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
To change the playback direction
Press < on the Remote Commander for reverse
direction or > on the Remote Commander for
forward direction during playback. To resume
normal playback, press ·.
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ < ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl Ó· ‡ÚÌÓ„Ó Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ËÎË
> ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl
Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ô ‰ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Notes on playback
•The sound is muted in the various playback
modes.
•During playback other than normal playback,
the previous recording may appear in mosaic
image. This is not malfunction.
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
•When playback pause mode lasts for 5 minutes,
the camcorder automatically enters stop mode.
To resume playback, press ·.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˲
• á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô Ë„ÎÛ¯ÂÌ ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
ÂÊËχı‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
Note on slow playback
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
ÓÚ΢ÌÓÏ ÓÚ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
‡Ì Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ͇‰ Ó‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÏÂÚ¸
ÏÓÁ‡Ë˜Ì˚È ‚ˉ. ùÚÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
The slow playback can be performed smoothly
on this camcorder; however, this function does
not work for an output signal from the DV OUT
jack.
• ÖÒÎË ÂÊËÏÔ‡ÛÁ˚Á‡ÔËÒËÔ Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÏËÌÛÚ, ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚ÓȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡.
ÑÎfl‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÏÛ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˲
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ̇‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌÌÓ
Ô·‚ÌÓ, Ӊ̇ÍÓ, ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸Ô ËÔÓÒÚÛÔÎÂÌËËÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ÓÚ„ÌÂÁ‰‡
DV OUT.
23
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Searching for the end èÓËÒÍ ÍÓ̈‡
of the picture
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
You can go to the end of the recorded portion
after you record and play back the tape. The tape
starts rewinding or fast-forwarding and the last
about 5 seconds of the recorded portion plays
back. Then the tape stops at the end of the
recorded picture (End Search).
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ÂÈÚË Í ÍÓÌˆÛ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ
˜‡ÒÚËÔÓÒÎÂÁ‡ÔËÒËË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÎÂÌÚ˚. ãÂÌÚ‡ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Ô ÂχÚ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl
̇Á‡‰ËÎË‚Ô ‰, ËÔ Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
ÔÓÒΉÌËÂ5ÒÂÍÛ̉Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓȘ‡ÒÚË·Û‰ÛÚ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚. á‡ÚÂÏ ÎÂÌÚ‡ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ‚
ÍÓ̈ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ( ÔÓËÒÍ
ÍÓ̈‡).
Open the LCD panel and press END SEARCH
during recording standby.
This function works when the POWER switch is
set to CAMERA, PLAYER or PHOTO.
éÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ END
SEARCH.
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÎË·Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA, PLAYER ËÎË PHOTO.
ENDSEARCH
Note on End Search
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÒ͇ ÍÓ̈‡
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚
‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌÛÎË Í‡ÒÒÂÚÛ ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl
Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ÎÂÌÚÛ, ËÎË ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ Ô ÓËÁ‚ÂÎË
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÔÓÒΠ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚.
The End Search function does not work once you
have ejected the cassette after you recorded in the
tape or if you do not record after you have
inserted a tape.
24
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Advanced operations
ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Using alternative
power sources
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸Ú ̇ÚË-
‚Ì˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
You can choose any of the following power
sources for your camcorder: battery pack, mains,
and 12/24 V car battery. Choose the appropriate
power source depending on where you want to
use your camcorder.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ β·ÓÈ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ‰Îfl LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚:
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒÂÚ¸ Ë
12/24 Ç ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌ˚È ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ .
Ç˚·Â ËÚÂÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÔËÚ‡ÌËfl‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÚÓ„Ó,„‰ÂÇ˚ıÓÚËÚÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ LJ¯Û ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
Place
Power Accessory to be used
source
åÂÒÚÓ
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚Â
Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
Indoors
Mains
Supplied AC power adaptor
Ç ÔÓÏÂ-
˘ÂÌËË
ùÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒ͇fl
ÒÂÚ¸
è Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ
‡‰‡ÔÚÂÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇
Outdoors Battery Battery pack NP-F100
pack (supplied), NP-F200
ç ‡
ÛÎˈÂ
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È
·Î Ó Í
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
NP-F100(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl),
NP-F200
In the car 12 V or Sony car battery charger
24 V car DC-V515
battery
Ç ‡‚ÚÓ-
ÏÓ·ËÎÂ
12 Ç ËÎË 24 Ç
‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌ˚È ÚÂθ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó
ᇠfl‰Ì˚È ‚˚Ô flÏË-
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡ Sony
DC-V515
Note on power sources
Disconnecting the power source or removing the
battery pack during recording or playback may
damage the inserted tape. If this happens,
restore the power supply again immediately.
è ËϘ‡ÌË ÔÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡Ï ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ÔËÚ‡ÌËflËÎËÒÌflÚËÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflÏÓÊÂÚÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸
‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÚÒfl,
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÌÂωÎÂÌÌÓ.
Using the mains
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË
To use the supplied AC power adaptor:
(1)Open the jack cover and connect the
connecting plug on the camcorder to the DC
OUT jack on the AC power adaptor using the
supplied connecting cord.
(2)Connect the mains lead to the AC power
adaptor.
ÑÎflËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËflÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇:
(1)éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂÍ ˚¯ÍÛ„ÌÂÁ‰‡ËÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â
Í„ÌÂÁ‰ÛDCOUṪÒÂÚ‚Óχ‰‡ÔÚ Â
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„ÓÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó¯ÌÛ ‡.
(2)èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰ÍÒÂÚ‚ÓÏÛ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ÛÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
(3)Connect the mains lead to mains.
(3)èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓȯÌÛ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇Í
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË.
2
3
1
Continued to the next page
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl̇ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
25
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Using alternative power
sources
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸Ú ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
Charging the battery pack
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
You can charge the battery pack installed in the
camcorder by connecting the AC power adaptor
to the camcorder and setting the POWER switch
to OFF. The CHARGE lamp lights up, and goes
out when normal charge is completed. For a full
charge, leave the battery pack in place for
approximately one hour. Charging time of the
supplied NP-F100 battery pack is as follows:
Full charge: approx. 2 hours and 30 minutes
Normal charge: approx. 1 hours and 30 minutes
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ flʇڸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È Ì‡
͇Ï  ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÛÚÂÏ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËflÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇ Í ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF.
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇CHARGE·Û‰ÂÚ„Ó ÂÚ¸ËÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ,
ÍÓ„‰‡ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÂ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ Ó‰ËÌ ˜‡Ò.
Ç ÂÏflÁ‡ fl‰ÍËÔ Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ NP-F100 ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ:
èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ. 2 ˜‡Ò‡ 30 ÏËÌÛÚ
çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ. 1 ˜‡Ò‡ 30
ÏËÌÛÚ
Charging two battery packs at the same time
Install one battery pack in the camcorder and
another one on the AC power adaptor. The
CHARGE lamps on the camcorder and on the AC
power adaptor light up, and go out when normal
charge is completed. For a full charge, leave the
battery pack in place for approximately one hour.
If either of the CHARGE lamps remains lit,
charging both battery packs is not completed.
Time taken to charge two NP-F100 battery packs
simultaneously is as follows:
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‰‚Ûı ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ·ÎÓÍÓ‚
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ӉËÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û,‡‚ÚÓ ÓÈ̇ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂ
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇. ã‡ÏÔÓ˜ÍË CHARGE ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÂË̇ÒÂÚ‚Óχ‰‡ÔÚ ÂÔ ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇·Û‰ÛÚ„Ó ÂÚ¸ËÔÓ„‡ÒÌÛÚ,ÍÓ„‰‡
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇. ÑÎfl
ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
̇ ÏÂÒÚÂ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ Ó‰ËÌ ˜‡Ò. ÖÒÎË
Ӊ̇ËÁ‰‚Ûı·ÏÔÓ˜ÂÍCHARGEÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl
„Ó ÂÚ¸, ÚÓ Á‡ fl‰Í‡ Ó·ÓËı ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ·ÎÓÍÓ‚
Ì Á‡‚ ¯Â̇. Ç ÂÏfl ‰Îfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ‰‚Ûı
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ·ÎÓÍÓ‚ NP-F100 ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ:
Full charge: approx. 2 hours and 40 minutes
Normal charge: approx. 1 hours and 40 minutes
Notes on the CHARGE lamp
•The CHARGE lamp will remain lit for a while
even if the unit is unplugged after use. This is
normal.
•If the CHARGE lamp does not light, disconnect
the mains lead. After about one minute,
reconnect the mains lead.
èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ 2 ˜‡Ò‡ 40 ÏËÌÛÚ
çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ 1 ˜‡Ò‡ 40
ÏËÌÛÚ
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Î‡ÏÔӘ͠CHARGE
• ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl
„Ó fl˘ÂÈ Â˘Â ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË,
‰‡ÊÂÂÒΡÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓÚÒÂÚË
ÔÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
Ì Ó Ï ‡ Î ¸ Ì ˚ Ï .
• ÖÒÎË·ÏÔӘ͇CHARGEÌÂ„Ó ËÚ,ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
Ô Ó‚Ó‰˝ÎÂÍÚ ÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
˜Â ÂÁÓ‰ÌÛÏËÌÛÚÛÒÌÓ‚‡ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
Ô Ó‚Ó‰˝ÎÂÍÚ ÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
26
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
To remove the connecting cord
ÑÎfl ÒÌflÚËfl ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ¯ÌÛ ‡
ç‡ÊËχfl ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓÏ
‡Á˙ÂÏÂ, ‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ .
çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ÚflÌËÚ Á‡ Ò‡Ï ¯ÌÛ .
While pressing the button on the connecting
plug, pull out the connecting cord. Never pull
the connecting cord itself.
When you use the AC power with the connecting
cord, the battery pack installed in the camcorder
is not used because the AC power has priority
over the battery pack.
äÓ„‰‡Ç˚ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂ
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ ‚ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚Ï
¯ÌÛ ÓÏ, ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÂÌ·ۉÂÚËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl, Ú‡Í
͇ÍÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇ËÏÂÂÚ
Ô ËÓ ËÚÂÚÔ ‰·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï·ÎÓÍÓÏ.
WARNING
The mains lead must only be changed at a
qualified service shop.
èêÖÑìèêÖÜÑÖçàÖ
ëÂÚ‚ÓÈ Ô Ó‚Ó‰ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÏÂÌÂÌ
ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ χÒÚ ÒÍÓÈ Í‚‡ÎËÙËˆË Ó‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËfl.
PRECAUTION
The set is not disconnected from the AC power
source (mains) as long as it is connected to the
mains, even if the set itself has been turned off.
èêÖÑéëíÖêÖÜÖçàÖ
ÄÔÔ‡ ‡Ú Ì ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
ÔËÚ‡ÌËflÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇(˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË)‰Ó
ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ ÓÌ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Í ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒÂÚË, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË Ò‡Ï ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌ.
Using a car battery
Use a car battery charger such as Sony DC-V515
(not supplied). Connect the car battery cord to
the cigarette lighter socket of a car (12 V or 24 V).
Connect the car battery charger and the
camcorder using the supplied DK-626 connecting
cord.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ÌÓÈ
·‡Ú‡ ÂË
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ fl‰Ì˚È ‚˚Ô flÏËÚÂθ
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ÌÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂË, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , Sony
DC-V515(ÌÂÔ Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
¯ÌÛ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡ Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û
ÒË„‡ ÂÚÌÓ„Ó Ô ËÍÛ Ë‚‡ÚÂÎfl ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎfl (12 Ç
ËÎË 24 Ç). ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ Á‡ fl‰Ì˚È
‚˚Ô flÏËÚÂθ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡
Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ DK-626.
Note on the battery pack
You cannot charge the battery pack (NP-F100,
NP-F200) using the car battery charger DC-V515.
This mark indicates that this
product is a genuine accessory for
Sony video product.
When purchasing Sony video
products, Sony recommends that
you purchase accessories with this
“GENUINE VIDEO
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓÏÛ ·ÎÓÍÛ
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ fl‰ËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
(NP-F100, NP-F200) Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Á‡ fl‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚˚Ô flÏËÚÂÎfl ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡ DC-V515.
ACCESSORIES” mark.
ç‡ÒÚÓfl˘ËÈ ÁÌ‡Í Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ
‰‡Ì̇fl Ô Ó‰Û͈Ëfl fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÔÓ‰ÎËÌÌÓÈ Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚ¸˛
‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó‰Û͈ËËSony.ÖÒÎËÇ˚
ÔÓÍÛÔ‡ÂÚ‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó‰ÛÍˆË˛
Sony, ÚÓ Ï˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ,
˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚ ÔÓÍÛÔ‡ÎË
Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË, ÔÓϘÂÌÌ˚Â
Á̇ÍÓÏ “GENUINE VIDEO
ACCESSORIES”.
27
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Changing the mode
settings
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ
ÂÊËÏÓ‚
You can change the mode settings in the menu
system to further enjoy the features and
functions of the camcorder.
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ‰Îfl ·Óθ¯Â„Ó Ì‡Ò·ʉÂÌËfl
ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚflÏË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2) Press v or V to select the desired item, then
press EXECUTE. Only the selected item is
displayed.
(3) Press v or V to select the desired mode, then
press EXECUTE. If you want to change the
other modes, repeat steps 2 and 3.
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ Ê·ÂÏÓÈ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
ÅÛ‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl ÚÓθÍÓ ‚˚· ‡Ì̇fl
ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇.
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE. ÖÒÎË
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ‰ Û„ËÂ ÂÊËÏ˚,
ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂÔÛÌÍÚ˚2Ë3.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚÂMENU‰ÎflÒÚË ‡ÌËfl‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
Ï Â Ì ˛ .
1
2
MENU
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
AUTO
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
AUTO
MENU
MENU
PGM AE
AUTO
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
COMMANDER
REC MODE
ON
MENU
[MENU]:END
EXECUTE
D ZOOM
ON
OFF
3
MENU
D ZOOM
ON
OFF
MENU
D ZOOM
ON
OFF
4
MENU
EXECUTE
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
OFF
28
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Note on changing the mode settings
Menu items differs depending on the setting of
the POWER switch to PLAYER or CAMERA/
PHOTO.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ
ÂÊËÏÓ‚
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÂÌ˛ ÓÚ΢‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ Á‡‚ËÒÏÓÒÚË
ÓÚ Ì‡ıÓʉÂÌËfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË PLAYER ËÎË CAMERA/PHOTO.
Selecting the mode setting of
each item
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÂÊËÏÓ‚
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰Îfl Ó·ÓËı ÂÊËÏÓ‚,
CAMERA/PHOTO Ë PLAYER
COMMANDER <VTR4/OFF/ID/ID SET>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ VTR4 Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„ÓÔÛθڇ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂOFF,ÂÒÎËÔÛθډËÒڇ̈ËÓÓÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÂÌËflÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ID Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl,
Items for both CAMERA/PHOTO and
PLAYER modes
COMMANDER <VTR4/OFF/ID/ID SET>
•Select VTR4 when using the supplied Remote
Commander for the camcorder.
•Select OFF when not using the Remote
Commander.
•Select ID when using the Remote Commander
set to the ID number.
•Select ID SET when setting the ID number to
the Remote Commander.
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ ÌÓÏ ID.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ID SET Ô Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ÌÓÏ ‡ ID
̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
REC MODE <SP/LP>
•Select SP when recording in SP (standard play)
REC MODE <SP/LP>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ SP Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ SP
(Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl).
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ LP Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP
(ì‰ÎËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl).
mode.
•Select LP when recording in LP (long play)
mode.
BEEP <ON/OFF>
•Select ON so that beeps sound when you start/
BEEP <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚ Ò˄̇Î˚
Á‚Û˜‡ÎË, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÂ/
ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ËÚ.‰.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ OFF, ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÒÎ˚¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Ò˄̇Î.
stop recording, etc.
•Select OFF when you do not want to hear the
beep sound.
LCD COLOUR
Select this item and change the level of the
indicator by pressing + or – to adjust the colour
intensity of the picture.
LCD COLOUR
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ Ë ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ
Û Ó‚Â̸ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡ ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl + ËÎË –
‰Îfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË fl ÍÓÒÚË ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
Continued to the next page
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl̇ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
29
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ
ÂÊËÏÓ‚
Changing the mode settings
Items for CAMERA/PHOTO mode only
PGM AE* <AUTO/SPORTS/SUNSETMOON/
LANDSCAPE>
•Select AUTO to set PROGRAM AE (Auto
Exposure) automatically depending on your
shooting situation.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÂÊËχ
CAMERA/PHOTO
PGM AE* <AUTO/SPORTS/SUNSETMOON/
LANDSCAPE>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ AUTO ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË PROGRAM
AE(‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË)
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ Ç‡¯ÂÈ
ÒËÚÛ‡ˆËË Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
•Select SPORTS to set PROGRAM AE to the
sports lesson mode.
•Select SUNSETMOON to set PROGRAM AE to
the sunset and moon mode.
•Select LANDSCAPE to PROGRAM AE to the
landscape mode.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ SPORTS ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
PROGRAM AE ̇ ÂÊËÏ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı
Á‡ÌflÚËÈ.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ SUNSETMOON ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
PROGRAM AE ̇ ÂÊËÏ Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡ Ë
Î Û Ì ˚ .
WHT BAL* <AUTO/HOLD/OUTDOOR/INDOOR>
•Normally select AUTO to adjust the white
balance automatically.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ LANDSCAPE ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
PROGRAM AE ̇ ·̉¯‡ÙÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ.
•Select HOLD when recording monochromatic
subject or background.
•Select OUTDOOR when recording in the
outdoor mode.
•Select INDOOR when recording in the indoor
mode.
WHT BAL* <AUTO/HOLD/OUTDOOR/
INDOOR>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ AUTO ‰Îfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂHOLDÔ ËÁ‡ÔËÒËÏÓÌÓı ÓÏÌÓ„Ó
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÎË ÙÓ̇.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OUTDOOR Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ë ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚Ì ÏÓÏ¢ÂÌËfl.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ INDOOR ÔpË ÁaÔËcË ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚ ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË.
D ZOOM <ON/OFF>
•Select ON to activate digital zooming.
•Select OFF not to use the digital zoom. The
camcorder goes back to 10x optical zoom.
D ZOOM <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‰Îfl ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁ‡ˆËË ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF Ô Ë ÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË.ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚÒflÍÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÚÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË
10ı.
16:9 WIDE <OFF/ON>
• Normally select OFF.
• Select ON to record a 16:9 wide picture to
watch on a wide-screen TV.
S SHOT <ON/OFF>
•Normally select ON.
•Select OFF when you do not have to worry
about camera-shake.
16:9 WIDE <OFF/ON>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ OFF.
• Ç˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ 16:9 ‰Îfl
Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ̇ ¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
REC LAMP <ON/OFF>
•Normally select ON.
•Select OFF when you do not want the camera
recording/battery lamp at the front of the unit
to light up.
S SHOT <ON/OFF>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON.
• Ç˚· Ë ‡ÈÚ OFF, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÌÂ
·ÂÒÔÓÍÓÂÚÂÒ¸Ó‰ ÓʇÌËË͇Ï ˚.
CLOCK SET
Select this item to reset the date or time.
REC LAMP <ON/OFF>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ OFF, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Á‡„Ó ‡Î‡Ò¸ ·ÏÔӘ͇ Á‡‡ÔËÒË Í‡Ï ÓÈ/
Á‡ fl‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó·ÎÓ͇̇Ô ‰ÌÂÈ
Ô‡ÌÂΡÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡.
CLOCK SET
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ‰Îfl
„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
30
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Items for PLAYER mode only
AUDIO MIX*
ìÒÚÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÂÊËχ PLAYER
AUDIO MIX*
Select this item and adjust the balance between
the stereo 1 and stereo 2 by pressing v or V.
Ç˚·Â ‡ÈÚ½ÚÛÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍËË Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂ
·‡Î‡ÌÒ·ÂÎÓ„ÓÏÂʉÛÒÚ ÂÓ1ËÒÚ ÂÓ2
ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl v ËÎË V.
DATA CODE <DATE/CAM or DATE>
•Select DATE/CAM to display date and
recording data during playback.
DATA CODE <DATE/CAM ËÎË DATE>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ DATE/CAM ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Á‡ÔËÒË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
•Select DATE to display date during playback.
* These settings are retained even when the
battery is removed, as long as the vanadium-
lithium battery is charged. As far as the items
without an asterisk are concerned, their settings
return to the default 5 minutes or more after the
battery is removed.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ DATE ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‰‡Ú˚ ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
* ùÚËÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍËÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒfl‰‡ÊÂÔ ËÒÌflÚËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó·ÎÓ͇‰ÓÚÂıÔÓ ,ÔÓ͇
Á‡ flÊÂ̇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇.
óÚÓ͇҇ÂÚÒflÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÓÍ·ÂÁÁ‚ÂÁ‰Ó˜ÍË,ÚÓ
ÓÌË ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl Í ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌ˲
˜Â ÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ ËÎË ·ÓΠÔÓÒΠÒÌflÚËfl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
When recording a close subject
When REC LAMP is set to ON, the red camera
recording lamp on the front of the camcorder
may reflect on the subject if it is close. In this
case, we recommend you set REC LAMP to OFF.
è Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ·ÎËÁÍÓ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡
Note
äÓ„‰‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl REC LAMP ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇
ON, Í ‡Ò̇fl ·ÏÔӘ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
̇ Ô ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÓÚ ‡Ê‡Ú¸ÒflÓÚÓ·˙ÂÍÚ‡,ÂÒÎËÓÌ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌ
Ó˜Â̸ ·ÎËÁÍÓ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ï˚
When playing back a tape recorded in the 16-bit
mode, you cannot adjust the balance in AUDIO
MIX.
ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ REC LAMP ̇ OFF.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ
äÓ„‰‡‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÎÂÌÚ‡,Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl‚
16-·ËÚÓ‚ÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ, Ç˚ ÌÂ ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ Ë AUDIO MIX.
31
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰Îfl
ÒÌËχÂÏÓ„Ó ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ
Letting the subject
monitor the shot
You can turn the LCD panel over so that it faces
the other way and you can let the subject monitor
the shot while shooting with the viewfinder.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ‚ ÌÛÚ¸ Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ, Ú‡Í,
˜ÚÓÓ̇·Û‰ÂÚÓ· ‡˘Â̇‚‰ Û„Û˛ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎËÚ¸ ÒÌËχÂÏÓÏÛ ˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍÛ
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ, Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰fl Á‡ÔËÒË Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
Turn the LCD panel up vertically. When you
turn the LCD panel 180 degrees, the
indicator
appears on the LCD screen (mirror mode) and
the time code and remaining tape indicators
disappear.
èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‚ ÚË͇θÌÓ ‚‚ ı.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ Ì‡ 180
„ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÜäÑ (Á ͇θÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ)
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl̇˝Í ‡ÌÂ
Ë Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚
You can also use the Remote Commander.
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ Ë ÓÒÚ‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ.
Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
To cancel mirror mode
Turn the LCD panel down toward the camcorder
body.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ Á ͇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‚ÌËÁ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË
ÍÓ ÔÛÒ‡ ͇Ï ˚.
Notes on mirror mode
•Using the mirror mode, you can record yourself
while watching yourself on the LCD screen.
•The picture on the LCD screen appears as a
mirror-image while recording in mirror mode.
Pr appears in Standby mode, and r during
recording. Other indicators appear as mirror-
image. Some indicators do not appear.
•While recording in mirror mode, you cannot
operate the following functions: MENU, ZERO
SET MEMORY on the Remote Commander.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á ͇θÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËÏÛ
• àÒÔÓθÁÛfl Á ͇θÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸Ò‡ÏÓ„ÓÒ·fl,ÒÏÓÚ fl̇҇ÏÓ„Ó
Ò·fl ̇ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
• àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚
Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ. Pr ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ë r‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
Ñ Û„Ë Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â
Á ͇θÌ˚ı ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ. çÂÍÓÚÓ ˚Â
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ.
• ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏË
ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË: MENU, ZERO SET MEMORY Ò
ÔÛθڇ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
32
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‡ Á‡
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÍÓ ÓÚÍËı
Ô ËÂÏÓ‚
Shooting scenery in
several short takes
Long, continuous shots of scenery tend to be
dull, and have to be edited to make an interesting
video. With 5SEC. REC (5-second recording)
mode, the camcorder records for only 5 seconds
and then switches to Standby mode, so that you
will automatically take a series of quick shots
resulting in a lively video.
ÑÎËÌÌ˚ ÌÂÔ Â ˚‚Ì˚ ͇‰ ˚ ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‡
ËÏÂ˛Ú ÚẨÂÌˆË˛ ·˚Ú¸ ÒÍÛ˜Ì˚ÏË Ë ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚
·˚Ú¸ ÓÚ Â‰‡ÍÚË Ó‚‡Ì˚ ‰Îfl ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌËfl
ËÌÚ ÂÒÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚. ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÂÊËχ5SEC.REC(5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈÁ‡ÔËÒË)
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ÚÓθÍÓ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ̇
ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË, Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ Ç˚
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÒÌËÏËÚ Ò ˲ ÍÓ ÓÚÍËı
͇‰ Ó‚, ÒÓÒÚ‡‚Îfl˛˘Ëı ÓÊË‚ÎÂÌÌÛ˛
‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏÛ.
(1)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ START/STOP MODE ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË 5SEC. èflÚ¸ ÚÓ˜ÂÍ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP. á‡ÔËÒ¸
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl.
(1)Set START/STOP MODE to 5SEC. Five dots
appear on the LCD screen or in the
viewfinder.
(2)Press START/STOP. Recording starts.
The dots disappear at a rate of one per second.
When 5 seconds elapse and all the dots
disappear, the camcorder switches to Standby
mode automatically.
äÓ„‰‡5ÒÂÍÛ̉ËÒÚÂÍÛÚ,Ë‚ÒÂÚÓ˜ÍËËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ô ÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ̇ ÂÊËÏ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚˇ‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
1
2
REC
0:00:00
REC
0:00:04
POWER
PLAYER
OFF
CAMERA
PHOT
To extend the recording time
ÑÎfl Ô Ó‰ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Á‡ÔËÒË
Press START/STOP again before all the dots
disappear. Recording continues for 5 seconds
from the moment you press START/STOP.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‰Ó ÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚ÒÂ
ÚÓ˜ÍËËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ.á‡ÔËÒ¸Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl¢‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÏÓÏÂÌÚ‡ ̇ʇÚËfl START/
STOP.
To cancel 5-second recording
Set START/STOP MODE to . If you set the
switch while recording, recording continues.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ 5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ START/STOP MODE ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ
‚Ó‚ ÂÏflÁ‡ÔËÒË,Á‡ÔËÒ¸Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl.
Note on 5-second recording
You cannot use FADER function during 5-second
recording.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í 5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
FADER ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl 5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
33
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Fade-in and fade-out
You can fade in or out to give your recording a
professional appearance.
When fading in, the picture gradually fades in
from black while the sound increases. When
fading out, the picture gradually fades to black
while the sound decreases.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô·‚ÌÓ ‚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ë ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ.Ô Ë‰‡‚‡flLJ¯ÂÈÁ‡ÔËÒË
Ô ÓÙÂÒÒËÓ̇θÌ˚È ‚ˉ.
è Ë‚‚‰ÂÌËËËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ
‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÓژ ÌÓ„ÓËÎËÏÓÁ‡Ë˜ÌÓ„ÓÒ
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔÓ‚˚¯ÂÌËÂÏ Á‚Û͇. è Ë
‚˚‚‰ÂÌËËËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ
‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ‰Ó ˜Â ÌÓ„Ó ËÎË ÏÓÁ‡Ë˜ÂÌÓ„Ó Ò
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔÓÌËÊÂÌËÂÏ Á‚Û͇.
When fading in [a]
(1) While the camcorder is in Standby mode,
press FADER. The fade indicator starts
flashing.
ÑÎfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl [a]
(1)äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË̇ÊÏËÚÂFADER. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.
(2) Press START/STOP to start recording. The
fade indicator stops flashing.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËflÔ ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚÏË„‡Ú¸.
When fading out [b]
(1) During recording, press FADER. The fade
indicator starts flashing.
(2) Press START/STOP to stop recording. The
fade indicator stops flashing, and then
recording stops.
ÑÎfl ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl [b]
(1)ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
FADER. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡
Á‡ÔËÒË.à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËflÔ ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl.
[a]
STBY
STBY
REC
FADER
REC
[b]
1
2
POWER
PLAYER
FADER
FADER
OFF
CAMERA
PHOT
To cancel the fade-in/fade-out
function
Before pressing START/STOP, press FADER
until the fade indicator disappears.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl/
‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
è ‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ START/STOP ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ
FADER‰ÓÚÂıÔÓ ,ÔÓ͇Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÌÂËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
When the START/STOP MODE control is set to
or 5SEC
You cannot use the fade-in/fade-out function.
äÓ„‰‡ „ÛÎflÚÓ START/STOP MODE
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
ËÎË 5SEC
Ç˚ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
‚‚‰ÂÌËfl/‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
34
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Using the wide mode
function
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
You can record a 16:9 wide picture to watch on
the 16:9 wide-screen TV (16:9WIDE).
The picture with black bands at the top and the
bottom on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder
[a] is normal. The picture on a normal TV [b] is
horizontally compressed. You can watch the
picture of normal images on a wide-screen TV
[c].
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ16:9‰ÎflÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡Ì‡
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â (16:9 WIDE).
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ˜Â Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ÏË Ò‚Â ı Ë
ÒÏËÁ ̇ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
[a] ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì¸Ï. àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇
Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓÏ ˝Í ‡Ì [b] ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÒʇÚÓÔÓ„Ó ËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË.Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â
[c].
[a]
[b]
[c]
16:9 WIDE
(1)Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(1)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ 16:9 WIDE, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE. 16:9 WIDE
Ôofl‚ËÚÒfl Ìa ˝ÍpaÌe ÜKÑ.
(2)Press v or V to select 16:9 WIDE, then press
EXECUTE.
16:9WIDE appears on the LCD screen.
(3)Press v or V to select ON, then press
EXECUTE.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ ON, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(4)Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛.
MENU
EXECUTE
16:9 WIDE
To cancel wide mode
Select OFF in the menu system.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ
Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF ‚ ÒËÏÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
To watch the tape recorded in wide
mode
To watch the tape recorded in 16:9WIDE mode,
set it to full mode. For details, refer to the
instruction manual of your TV.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÎÂÌÚ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÏ ÂÊËÂ
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÎÂÌÚ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
16:9WIDE, ‚˚·Â ËÚÂ ÔÓÎÌÓ ÂÊËÏÌÛ˛
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ.èÓ‰ Ó·ÌÓÒÚËÒÏ.‚ËÌÒÚ Û͈ËËÔÓ
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË Ç‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡.
ì˜ÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ ‚
ÂÊËÏ 16:9WIDE ‚˚„Îfl‰ËÚ ÒʇÚ˚Ï Ô Ë
Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ Â Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ӷ˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡.
Note that the picture recorded in 16:9WIDE
mode looks compressed on a normal TV.
Note on wide mode
You cannot select or cancel the wide mode
during recording.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËÏÛ
Ç˚ ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ ËÎË ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
35
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Photo recording
á‡ÔËÒ¸ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËÈ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ, Í‡Í ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡Ù˲ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌËÂ
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÒÂÍÛ̉. ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
Ó˜Â̸ ÔÓÎÂÁÌ˚Ï, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ
̇Ò·ʉ‡Ú¸Òfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂÏ ÔÓıÓÊËÏ Ì‡
ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡Ù˲, ËÎË ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‰Â·ÂÚÂ
‡ÒÔ˜‡ÚÍÛËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ,ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl
‚ˉÂÓÔ ËÌÚ (ÌÂÔ Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ510ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ
̇ 60-ÏËÌÛÚÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ.
ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡Â„ÛÎË ÛÂÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍˉÓ1/1000‚Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚ
˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË.
(1)ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ PHOTO.
You can record a still picture like a photograph
for about seven seconds. This mode is useful
when you want to enjoy a picture such as a
photograph or when you print a picture using a
video printer (not supplied). You can record
about 510 pictures on a 60-minute tape.
Shutter speed is automatically adjusted up to 1/
1000 depending on the exposure.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to PHOTO.
(2) Keep pressing START/STOP lightly until a
still picture and “PHOTO CAPTURE” appear
on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder.
Recording does not start yet. To change the
still picture, release START/STOP, select still
picture again, and keep pressing START/
STOP lightly again.
(2)è ˉ ÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÒÎÂÍ„‡ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
START/STOP‰ÓÚÂıÔÓ ,ÔÓ͇
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë “PHOTO
CAPTURE” Ì ÔÓfl‚flÚÒfl ‚ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ËÎË ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ. á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÔÓ͇ ¢ ÌÂ
̇˜‡Ú‡.
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂSTART/STOP,
‚˚·Â ËÚ‰ Û„ÓÂÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂËÒÌÓ‚‡Ô ˉ ÊË‚‡ÈÚÂ
Ò΄͇ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ START/STOP.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ êçéíé ̇
ÔÛθÚ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl,ÍÓ„‰‡
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÚÓ
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, Ç˚
Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ ‰ Û„Ó ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌÂÏ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÍÌÓÔÍË.
If you press the PHOTO button on the Remote
Commander when a still picture appears on
the LCD screen or in the viewfinder, the
camcorder will record that still picture.
However, you cannot select other still pictures
by using this button.
(3) Press START/STOP deeper.
“PHOTO REC” flashes and the still picture on
the LCD screen or in the viewfinder is
recorded for about seven seconds. The sound
during those seven seconds is also recorded
and the pictures appear like an animation on
the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. You
cannot change the POWER switch or press
START/STOP during recording.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP „ÎÛ·ÊÂ.
“PHOTO REC” ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ·Û‰ÂÚ
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌËÂ
ÒÂÏË ÒÂÍÛ̉. á‚ÛÍ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ˝ÚËı ÒÂÏË
ÒÂÍÛ̉ڇÍÊ·ۉÂÚÁ‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl.
åÛθÚËÔÎË͇ˆËfl ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER ËÎË Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
START/STOP ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
1,2,3
POWER
PLAYER
OFF
CAMERA
PHOT
36
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Note on the still picture
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓÏÛ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌ˲
When the still picture recorded on this camcorder
is played back on another VCR, the picture may
be blurred. This is not malfunction.
äÓ„‰‡ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ,
ÁaÔËc‡ÌÌÓ ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â,
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl̇‰ Û„ÓÏäÇå,
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡ÁÏ˚Ú˚Ï. ùÚÓ ÌÂ
fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
Printing the still picture
ê‡ÒÔ˜‡Ú͇ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
You can print a still picture by using the video
printer (not supplied). Connect the video printer
using the supplied S video connecting cable.
Refer to the instruction manual of the video
printer as well.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ô˜‡Ú‡Ú¸ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
‚ˉÂÓÔ ËÌÚ ‡(ÌÂÔ Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ͂ˉÂÓÔ ËÌÚ Û
Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó͇·ÂÎflS-‚ˉÂÓ.ëÏÓÚ ËÚÂ
Ú‡ÍÊ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚ÓÔÓ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
‚ˉÂÓÔ ËÌÚ ‡.
Video printer
ÇˉÂÓÔËÌÚÂ
LINE IN
VIDEO S VIDEO
AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2
S VIDEO OUT
:
Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
If the video printer is not equipped with S
VIDEO input
ÖÒÎË ‚ˉÂÓÔ ËÌÚ Ì ÓÒ̇˘ÂÌ ‚ıÓ‰ÓÏ S-
‚ˉÂÓ
Use the supplied A/V connecting cable. Connect
it to the AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 jack and
connect the yellow plug of the cable to the
VIDEO input of the video printer.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È
͇·Âθ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ.èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓ/
‚ˉÂÓ Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡ÂÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÊÂÎÚ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏÍ
‚ıÓ‰ÛVIDEȮ‚ˉÂÓÔ ËÌÚ Â.
37
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Releasing the
SteadyShot function
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
STEADYSHOT
When you shoot, the
indicator appears on the
äÓ„‰‡‚˚Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÒ˙ÂÏÍÛ,Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. ùÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ
̇ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ‰ÎflÍÓÏÔÂÌÒ‡ˆËˉ ÓʇÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
LCD screen or in the viewfinder. This indicates
that the SteadyShot function is working and the
camcorder compensates for camera-shake.
You can release the SteadyShot function when
you do not need to use the SteadyShot function.
Do not use the SteadyShot function when
shooting a stationary object with a tripod.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Ì ÌÛʉ‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ‚
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
Ô Ë Ò˙ÂÏÍ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë.
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(2) Press v or V to select S SHOT, then press
EXECUTE.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ S SHOT, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(3) Press v to select OFF, then press EXECUTE.
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ OFF, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚÂMENU‰ÎflÒÚË ‡ÌËfl‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
Ï Â Ì ˛ .
1
2
3
MENU
EXECUTE
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
COMMANDER
REC MODE
AUTO
MENU
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
[MENU]:END
ON
S SHOT
ON
OFF
COMMANDER
REC MODE
[MENU]:END
[MENU]:END
EXECUTE
MENU
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
4
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
S SHOT
ON
OFF
OFF
MENU
COMMANDER
REC MODE
[MENU]:END
[MENU]:END
38
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
To activate the SteadyShot function
again
Select ON in step 3, then press EXECUTE.
ÑÎfl ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁ‡ˆËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË ÒÌÓ‚‡
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
EXECUTE.
Notes on the SteadyShot function
•The SteadyShot function will not correct
excessive camera-shake.
•When the SteadyShot function is released, the
indicator does not appear.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò ˙ Â Ï Í Ë
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ÌÂ
ÓÚÍÓ ÂÍÚË ÛÂÚ˜ ÂÁÏ ÌÓ„Ó‰ ÓʇÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
• äÓ„‰‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
ÓÚÍβ˜Â̇, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ.
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ÌÂ
39
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Using the PROGRAM
AE function
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË PROGRAM AE
You can select from three PROGRAM AE (Auto
Exposure) modes to suit your shooting situation.
When you use PROGRAM AE, you can get a
capture high-speed action, record night views,
etc.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ¯ÂÒÚË ÂÊËÏÓ‚
PROGRAM AE (‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË),
ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ
ÒËÚÛ‡ˆËË.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ PROGRAM
AE, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÒÌflÚ¸ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÒÍÓ ÓÒÚÌ˚Â
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl,Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ÌÓ˜Ì˚ÂÔÂÈÁ‡ÊËËÚ.‰.
Selecting the best mode
Ç˚·Ó ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ÂÊËχ
Select a proper PROGRAM AE mode referring to
the description on each PROGRAM AE mark in
the viewfinder or the PROGRAM AE mode
indication on the LCD screen or in the
viewfinder.
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ̂‰ÎÂʇ˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ PROGRAM AE,
Ò‚Â flflÒ¸ Ò ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂÏ Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó Á͇̇
PROGRAM AE ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË
Ë̉Ë͇ˆËÂÈ ÂÊËχ PROGRAM AE ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
/ SPORTS: Sports lesson mode
Capturing high-speed action in sports such as
golf or tennis
/ SPORTS: êÂÊËÏ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌflÚËÈ
ÑÎfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÒÍÓ ÓÒÚÌ˚ı ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ ‚
ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Ë„ ‡ı, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , „Óθ٠ËÎË
ÚÂÌÌËÒ
/SUNSETMOON: Sunset & Moon mode
Recording sunset, night views, fireworks or neon
signs
/SUNSETMOON: êÂÊËÏ Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡ Ë
Î Û Ì ˚
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡, ÌÓ˜Ì˚ı ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‚,
ÙÂÈ ‚ ÍÓ‚ ËÎË ÌÂÓÌÓ‚˚ı ÂÍ·Ï
/LANDSCAPE: Landscape mode
Recording a landscape through a window or
wire net
/LANDSCAPE: ã‡Ì‰¯‡ÙÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Î‡Ì‰¯‡ÙÚ‡ ˜Â ÂÁ ÓÍÌÓ ËÎË
Ô Ó‚ÓÎÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ÒÂÚÍÛ
Notes on focus setting
•In the Sports lesson mode, you cannot take
close-ups because the camcorder is set to focus
only on subjects in the middle to far distance.
•In the Sunset & Moon and Landscape modes,
the camcorder is set to focus only on distant
subjects.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË
• Ç ÂÊËÏ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌflÚËÈ Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÌËχڸ Í ÛÔÌ˚Ï Ô·ÌÓÏ, Ú‡Í Í‡Í
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ÙÓÍÛÒË ÛÂÚÒflÚÓθÍÓ̇
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Ò Â‰ÌÂ„Ó Ë ‰‡Î¸ÌÂ„Ó Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl.
• Ç ÂÊËχı Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡ Ë ÎÛÌ˚ Ë
·̉¯‡ÙÚÌÓÏ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÙÓÍÛÒË ÛÂÚÒfl
ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡ Û‰‡ÎÂÌÌ˚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ˚.
40
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Using the PROGRAM AE
function
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
PROGRAM AE
(1)While the camcorder is in recording or
Standby mode press MENU to display the
menu on the LCD screen.
(1)äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
Á‡ÔËÒËËÎË„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË̇ÊÏËÚÂMENU‰Îfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ PGM AE, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(2)Press v or V to select PGM AE, then press
EXECUTE.
(3)Press v or V to select the desired mode, then
press EXECUTE. If you want to change the
other modes, repeat steps 2 and 3.
The symbol of the selected mode appears on
the LCD screen.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE. ÖÒÎË
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ̇ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ
ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂÔÛÌÍÚ˚2Ë3.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ ‚˚· ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(4)Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛.
MENU
EXECUTE
To return to automatic adjustment
mode
Select AUTO in the PGM AE menu. The symbol
of the PROGRAM AE mode disappears.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡Ú‡ Í ÂÊËÏÛ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
Ç˚·Â ËÚ AUTO ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ PGM AE. ëËÏ‚ÓÎ
ÂÊËχ PROGRAM AE ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
Note on shutter speed
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡
The shutter speed in Sports lesson mode is from
1/250 to 1/4000.
ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡ ‰Îfl ÂÊËχ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı
Á‡ÌflÚËÈ·Û‰ÂÚÓÚ1/250‰Ó1/4000.
Note on locking the exposure
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÙËÍÒË Ó‚‡Ì˲ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË
ÖÒÎË˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËfl·Û‰ÂÚÁ‡ÙËÍÒË Ó‚‡Ì‡Ô Ë
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË PROGRAM AE,
˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚÒfl Í ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÏÛ
ÂÊËÏÛ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÂÊËÏ PROGRAM
AE.
If the exposure is locked when using the
PROGRAM AE function, the exposure is
automatically released when the PROGRAM AE
mode is changed.
Notes on white balance setting
•In the Sunset & Moon and Landscape modes,
the white balance is automatically set to
outdoor mode.
•If the white balance is set to AUTO, it is
automatically set when using the PROGRAM
AE function.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó
• Ç ÂÊËχı Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡ Ë ÎÛÌ˚ Ë
·̉¯‡ÙÚÌÓÏ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ò˙ÂÏÍË Ì‡
ÛÎˈÂ.
• ÖÒÎË ·‡Î‡ÌÒ ·ÂÎ„Ó„Ó ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ AUTO,
ÓÌ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl Ô Ë
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË PROGRAM AE.
41
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡
Focusing manually
When to use manual focus
äÓ„‰‡ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ Û˜ÌÛ˛
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ
In the following cases you should obtain better
results by adjusting the focus manually.
Ç ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸
ÎÛ˜¯Ë ÂÁÛθڇÚ˚, ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡‚
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ ‚ Û˜ÌÛ˛.
[a]
[b]
[c]
[d]
•Insufficient light [a]
•Subjects with little contrast — walls, sky, etc.
[b]
• ç‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓÂÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËÂ[a]
• é·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Ò Ï‡Î˚Ï ÍÓÌÚ ‡ÒÚÓÏ - ÒÚÂÌ˚,
ÌÂ·Ó Ë Ú.‰. [b]
•Too much brightness behind the subject [c]
•Horizontal stripes [d]
•Subjects through frosted glass
•Subjects beyond nets, etc.
• ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ fl ÍËÈ ÙÓÌ Á‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓÏ [c]
• ÉÓ ËÁÓÌڇθÌ˚ ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ [d]
• ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ ˜Â ÂÁ χÚË Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÂ
ÒÚÂÍÎÓ
•Bright subject or subject reflecting light
•Shooting a stationary subject when using a
tripod
• é·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Á‡ ÒÂÚÍÓÈ Ë Ú.‰.
• ü ÍËÈ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ËÎË Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ÓÚ ‡Ê‡˛˘ËÈ
Ò‚ÂÚ
• ë˙ÂÏ͇ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏÚ ÂÌÓ„Ë
42
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Focusing manually
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡
When focusing manually, first focus in telephoto
before recording, and then reset the shot length.
(1)Press FOCUS lightly. The f indicator
appears on the LCD secreen or in the
viewfinder.
è Ë Û˜ÌÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í ÒÔ ‚‡ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÈÚÂ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ‚ ÂÊËÏÂÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓÔ ‰
Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛,‡Á‡ÚÂÏÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
(1)ë΄͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ FOCUS. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÁÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
f
(2)Turn the focus ring to focus on the subject.
(2)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ÍÓθˆÓ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ‰Îfl
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ì‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ.
1
2
FOCUS
To focus in infinity
ÑÎfl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ì‡ ·ÂÒÍÓ̘ÌÓÒÚ¸
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FOCUS ‰Ó ÍÓ̈‡. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
Press FOCUS deeply.
indicator appears on
the LCD secreen or in the viewfinder.
To return to the autofocus mode
Press FOCUS lightly to turn off f or
indicator.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl Í ÂÊËÏÛ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ FOCUS ‰Îfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
Shooting in relatively dark places
Shoot at wide-angle after focusing in the
telephoto position.
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡ fËÎË
.
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ‚ ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ ÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ
è ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË ¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó
ۄ· ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËËÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ.
If lights up
Subject is too close.
ÖÒÎËÁ‡„Ó ‡ÂÚÒfl
é·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·ÎËÁÍÓ.
43
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Adjusting the white
balance
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡
·ÂÎÓ„Ó
White balance adjustment makes white subjects
look white and allows more natural colour
balance for camera recording. Normally white
balance is automatically adjusted. You can
obtain better results by adjusting the white
balance manually when lighting conditions
change quickly or when recording outdoors: e.g.,
neon signs, fireworks.
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‰Â·ÂÚ Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ
·ÂÎ˚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ˚ ‚˚„Îfl‰flÚ ·ÂÎ˚ÏË Ë
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸Á‡ÔËÒ¸Ò·ÓÎÂÂ
ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚˚Ï ·‡Î‡ÌÒÓÏ Ô Ë
Ò˙ÂÏÍ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ. é·˚˜ÌÓ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ
·ÂÎÓ„Ó Â„ÛÎË ÛÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. çÓ Ç˚
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ÎÛ˜¯Ë ÂÁÛθڇÚ˚ ÔÛÚÂÏ
„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‚ Û˜ÌÛ˛, ÍÓ„‰‡
ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëfl ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl ·˚ÒÚ Ó ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl ËÎË
‚ ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ÛÎˈÂ, Ì‡Ô ËÏ ,
ÌÂÓÌÓ‚˚ ÂÍ·Ï˚, ÙÂÈ ‚ ÍË.
Selecting the Appropriate Mode
Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Â„Ó ÂÊËχ
Select the appropriate white balance mode under
the following conditions.
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó
‰Îfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ.
[a]
[b]
[c]
e Indoor mode
e êÂÊËÏ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚ ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË
• ìÒÎÓ‚Ëfl ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl ·˚ÒÚ Ó ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl.
[a]
•Lighting condition changes quickly. [a]
•Too bright place such as photography studios
•Under sodium lamps or mercury lamps
• ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ fl ÍË ÏÂÒÚ‡, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ ,
ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡Ù˘ÂÒ͇flÒÚÛ‰Ëfl.
w Outdoor mode
• è Ë Ò‚ÂÚÂ Ì‡Ú Ë‚˚ı ËÎË ÚÛÚÌ˚ı ·ÏÔ.
•Under a colour matching fluorescent lamp
•Recording a sunset/sunrise, just after sunset,
just before sunrise [b], neon signs, or fireworks
[c]
w êÂÊËÏ Ò˙ÂÏÍË Ì‡ ÛÎˈÂ
• è Ë ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËË Î‡ÏÔ‡ÏË ‰Ì‚ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡.
• á‡ÔËÒ¸Á‡ıÓ‰‡/‚ÓÒıÓ‰‡ÒÓÎ̈‡Ò ‡ÁÛÔÓÒÎÂ
Á‡ıÓ‰‡ËÎËÔ ‰‚ÓÒıÓ‰ÓÏÒÓÎ̈‡ [b],Ô Ë
HOLD mode
ÌÂÓÌÓ‚˚ı ÂÍ·χı ËÎË ÙÂÈ ‚ ͇ı
[c].
Recording monochromatic subject or background
êÂÊËÏ HOLD
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ó‰ÌÓˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚ı Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ ËÎË Ì‡
Ó‰ÌÓ Ó‰ÌÓÏÙÓÌÂ.
44
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Setting the White Balance
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen during recording or Standby mode.
(2) Press v or V to select WHT BAL, then press
EXECUTE.
(3) Press v or V to select the appropriate white
balance mode, then press EXECUTE.
Each time you press the button, the indicator
changes:
(1)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ‚
ÂÊËÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ WHT BAL, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Â„Ó ÂÊËχ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
AUTO (no indicator) nHOLD n
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á Ô Ë Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:
w (outdoor) n e (indoor)
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
AUTO (ÌÂÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡) n HOLD n w (̇
ÛÎˈÂ) n e (‚ ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË)
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛.
1
2
3
MENU
EXECUTE
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
COMMANDER
REC MODE
AUTO
MENU
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
AUTO
WHT BAL
AUTO
HOLD
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
OUTDOOR
INDOOR
[MENU]:END
COMMANDER
REC MODE
[MENU]:END
[MENU]:END
EXECUTE
MENU
MENU
PGM AE
WHT BAL
AUTO
WHT BAL
D ZOOM
OUTDOOR
HOLD
4
OUTDOOR
INDOOR
16:9 WIDE
S SHOT
COMMANDER
REC MODE
MENU
[MENU]:END
[MENU]:END
To return to automatic white balance
mode
Select AUTO in step 3, then press EXECUTE.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡Ú‡ Í ÂÊËÏÛ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡
·ÂÎÓ„Ó
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ AUTO ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
45
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
îËÍÒË Ó‚‡ÌËÂ
˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË
Locking the exposure
äÓ„‰‡Ú ·ÛÂÚÒflÁ‡ÙËÍÒË Ó‚‡Ú¸
˝ÍÒÔÓÁËˆË˛
When to lock the exposure
Lock the exposure by pressing the AE LOCK
under the following cases.
•The background is too bright (backlighting)
•Insufficient light: most of the picture is dark
•Bright subject and dark background
•To record the darkness faithfully
îËÍÒË ÛÈÚ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁËˆË˛ ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl AE
LOCK ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı.
• îÓÌ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ fl ÍËÏ (Á‡‰Ìflfl
ÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚ͇)
• ç‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËÂ: ·Óθ¯‡fl ˜‡ÒÚ¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÚÂÏ̇fl
•The subject is in the spotlight on a stage
• ü ÍËÈ Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ Ì‡ ÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ
• ÑÎfl ıÓ Ó¯ÂÈ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÚÂÏÌÓÚÂ.
• é·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡ ÒˆÂÌ ÔÓ‰ Ô ÓÊÂÍÚÓ Ì˚Ï
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËÂÏ.
Locking the exposure
îËÍÒË Ó‚‡ÌË ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË
Press AE LOCK during recording, standby or
PHOTO mode. The AE LOCK indicator appears
on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. The
exposure is locked at the actual brightness.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ AE LOCK ‚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡ÔËÒË,
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË ËÎË PHOTO. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ AE LOCK
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ Ê ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
ùÍÒÔÓÁˈËfl·Û‰ÂÚÁ‡ÙËÍÒË Ó‚‡Ì‡Ì‡
Ù‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈfl ÍÓÒÚË.
AE LOCK
To return to automatic exposure
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡Ú‡ Í ÂÊËÏÛ
mode
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ˝ÒÔÓÁˈËË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ AE LOCK ‰Îfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡AELOCK.
Press AE LOCK to turn off the AE LOCK
indicator.
ë˙ÂÏ͇, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÒÓÎÌˆÂ Û Ç‡Ò Á‡ ÒÔËÌÓÈ
ÖÒÎËËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÒ‚Âڇ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒflÔÓÁ‡‰Ë
LJ¯Â„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÎË ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒËÚÛ‡ˆËflı,
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
Ú Â Ï Ì ˚ Ï .
Shooting with the sun behind you
If the light source is behind your subject, or in the
following situation, the subject will be recorded
too dark.
•The subject is indoors and there is a window
behind the subject.
•Bright light sources are included in the scene.
•When shooting a person wearing white or
shiny clothes in front of a while background,
the face will be recorded too dark.
• é·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË Ë ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÓÍÌÓ.
•
ü ÍË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ‚Íβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ ͇‰ .
• è Ë Ò˙ÂÏÍ ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇ ‚ ·ÂÎÓÈ ËÎË
·ÎÂÒÚfl˘ÂÈ Ó‰Âʉ ̇ ·ÂÎÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ, ÎˈÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï.
Shooting in the dark
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ‚ ÚÂÏÌÓÚÂ
We recommend you to use a video light (not
supplied). To get the best colour, you must
maintain a sufficient light level.
å˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ Ç‡Ï ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
‚ˉÂÓÙÓ̇ ¸ (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl). ÑÎfl
ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚
ÔÓ‰‰Â ÊË‚‡Ú¸‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜Ì˚ÈÛ Ó‚Â̸
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚË.
46
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Watching on a TV
screen
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
You can use the camcorder as a VCR by
connecting it to your TV for playback. There are
some ways to connect the camcorder to your TV.
When monitoring the playback picture by
connecting the camcorder to your TV, we
recommend you to use the mains for the power
source.
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂäÇåÔÛÚÂÏÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËflÂÂÍ
LJ¯ÂÏÛÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û‰Îfl‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ ÏÂÚÓ‰˚ ‰Îfl
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ÍÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û.
èËÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ Â‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÔÛÚÂÏÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Í Ç‡¯ÂÏÛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û Ï˚
ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ Ç‡Ï ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
If you connect directly to TV
Open the jack cover and connect the camcorder
to the inputs on the TV by using the supplied A/
V connecting cable. Set the TV/VCR selector on
the TV to VCR. Procedure to play back is the
same as when playing back on the LCD screen or
in the viewfinder.
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒÂÚ¸ ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÂ Ô flÏÓ Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û
Turn down the volume of the camcorder.
To get higher quality pictures in DV format,
connect the camcorder to your TV using the S
video connecting cable.
If you are going to connect the camcorder using
the supplied S video connecting cable [a], you do
not need to connect the yellow (video) plug of
the A/V connecting cable [b].
éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂÍ ˚¯ÍÛ„ÌÂÁ‰ÛËÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í ‚ıÓ‰‡Ï ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó͇·ÂÎfl‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ TV/VCṘÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â
‚ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂVCR.è ÓˆÂ‰Û ‡
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflڇ͇flÊÂ, ͇ÍËÔ Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ËÓÁ‚‰ÂÌËË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ. èÓÌËÁ¸Ú „ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ‚ÙÓ Ï‡ÚÂDV,ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
͇·ÂÎfl S-‚ˉÂÓ.
ÖÒÎËÇ˚ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÒ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl
S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ [a], Ç‡Ï Ì ÌÛÊÌÓ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÚ¸ÊÂÎÚ˚È(‚ˉÂÓ) ‡Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó͇·ÂÎfl‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ[b].
TV
S VIDEO IN
S VIDEO OUT
[a]
AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2
VIDEO IN
[b]
AUDIO IN
:
Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
47
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
Watching on a TV screen
If your TV is already connected to a VCR
Open the jack cover and connect the camcorder
to the LINE IN inputs on the VCR by using the
supplied cable. Set the input selector on the VCR
to LINE. Set the TV/VCR selector on the TV to
VCR.
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ äÇå ÛÊ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û
éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂÍ ˚¯ÍÛ„ÌÂÁ‰‡ËÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í ‚ıÓ‰‡Ï LINE IN ̇ äÇå Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl
‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ.ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı
Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ ̇ äÇå ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË LINE.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ TV/VCṘÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â
‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VCR.
TV
S VIDEO IN
S VIDEO OUT
[a]
AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2
VIDEO IN
[b]
VCR
AUDIO IN
Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
:
If your VCR or TV is a monaural type
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË äÇå
Connect the yellow plug of the A/V connecting
cable for video to the VCR or TV. Connect only
the white or red plug for audio to the VCR or TV.
If you connect the white plug, the sound is L
(left) signal. If you connect the red plug, the
sound is R (right) signal.
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ÚËÔ‡
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÊÂÎÚ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó͇·ÂÎfl‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ‰Îfl
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË äÇå.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ·ÂÎ˚È ËÎË Í ‡ÒÌ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ ‰Îfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË
äÇå. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ·ÂÎ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ,
ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl L (΂˚Ï)
ÒË„‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ Í ‡ÒÌ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ,ÚÓÁ‚ÛÍ·Û‰ÂÚÔ ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ÒflR
(Ô ‡‚˚Ï) Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ.
If your VCR / TV has a 21-pin connector
(EUROCONNECTOR)
Use the supplied 21-pin adaptor.
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ äÇå/ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÏÂÂÚ 21-
¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ
(EUROCONNECTOR)
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È 21-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È
‡‰‡ÔÚÂ.
AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2
VIDEO IN
VCR
[b]
AUDIO IN
:
Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
48
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Displaying recording data
– data code function
éÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Á‡ÔËÒË
– ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ıı
You can display recording data (date/time or
various settings when recorded) on the LCD
screen or in the viewfinder during playback
(Data Code). The Data Code is also displayed on
the TV.
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÓÚÓ· ‡ÁËÚ¸‰‡ÌÌ˚ÂÁ‡ÔËÒË(‰‡ÚÛ/
‚ ÂÏfl ËÎË ‡Á΢Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË,
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚Â Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË) ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (ÍÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı). äÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı
Ú‡ÍÊÂÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒflË̇ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
(1)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ DATA CODE,
‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(2)Press v or V to select DATA CODE, then press
EXECUTE.
(3)Press v or V to select DATE/CAM or DATE,
then press EXECUTE.
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ DATE/CAM
ËÎË DATÖ, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛.
EXECUTE
MENU
COMMANDER VTR4
1
2
REC MODE
MENU
BEEP
AUDIO MIX
DATA CODE
LCDCOLOUR
MENU
MENU
COMMANDER
REC MODE
BEEP
[MENU]:END
AUDIO MIX
DATA CODE
LCDCOLOUR
DATE/CAM
DATA CODE
[MENU]:END
DATE/CAM
DATE
[MENU]:END
EXECUTE
3
MENU
MENU
4
COMMANDER
REC MODE
BEEP
AUDIO MIX
DATA CODE
LCDCOLOUR
MENU
DATA CODE
[MENU]:END
DATE/CAM
DATE
DATE
[MENU]:END
To display recording data during
playback
Press DATA CODE on the Remote Commander.
Each time you press the button, the indicator
changes as follows:
When DATE/CAM is selected in the menu
system: date n various settings (AE LOCK,
white balance, gain, shutter speed, aperture
value) n no indicator.
When DATE is selected in the menu system:
date n no indicator.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Á‡ÔËÒË
‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DATA CODE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á
ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ DATE/CAM ‚˚· ‡Ì‡ ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛:
‰‡Ú‡ n ‡Á΢Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË (AE LOCK,
·‡Î‡ÌÒ·ÂÎÓ„Ó, ÛÒËÎÂÌËÂ, ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡,
‡Ô ÚÛ ÌÓÂÁ̇˜ÂÌËÂ) nÌÂÚË̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡.
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ DATE ‚˚· ‡Ì‡ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
Ï Â Ì ˛ :
When bars (--:--:--) appear
•A blank portion of the tape is being played
back.
‰‡Ú‡nÌÂÚË̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡.
•The tape was recorded by a camcorder without
having date and time set.
•The tape is unreadable due to tape damage or
noise.
ÖÒÎË ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ¯Í‡Î‡ (--:--:--)
• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl˜‡ÒÚ¸
ÎÂÌÚ˚.
• ãÂÌÚ‡ ·˚· Á‡ÔË҇̇ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ·ÂÁ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
• ãÂÌÚ‡ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰Â̇ ËÁ-Á‡
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÎË ÔÓÏÂı.
49
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
ÇÓÁ‚ ‡ÚÍÔ Â‰‚‡ Ë-
ÚÂθÌÓÁ‡ „ËÒÚ Ë Ó-
‚‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË
Returning to a pre-
registered position
Using the Remote Commander, you can easily go
back to the desired point on a tape after
playback.
(1) During playback, press ZERO SET MEMORY
at the point you later want to locate. The
counter shows “0:00:00” and “ZERO SET
MEMORY” appears on the LCD screen or in
the viewfinder.
(2) Press p when you want to stop playback.
(3) Press 0 to rewind or press ) to fast-
forward the tape to the counter’s zero point.
The tape stops automatically when the
counter reaches approximately zero. “ZERO
SET MEMORY” disappears and the time code
appears.
àÒÔÓθÁÛflÔÛθډËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂڠ΄ÍÓ ‚ ÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ê·ÂÏÓÈ
ÚÓ˜ÍÂÎÂÌÚ˚ÔÓÒ΂ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(1)ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ZERO
SET MEMORY ‚ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ, ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ ÔÓÚÓÏ Ç˚
ıÓÚËÚÂӷ̇ ÛÊËÚ¸.ë˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸ “0:00:00”, Ë “ZERO SET
MEMORY” ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË
‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ p. ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0 ‰Îfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË
ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ) ‰Îfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ
Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰ ‰Ó ÌÛ΂ÓÈ
ÚÓ˜ÍËÒ˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇.ãÂÌÚ‡ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË,ÍÓ„‰‡Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͉ÓȉÂÚ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‰Ó 0. “ZERO SET
MEMORY” ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ë ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ
ÍÓ‰.
(4) Press ·.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ ·.
ZERO SET
MEMORY
REW
FF
1
3
0:12:34
ZERO SET
MEMORY
0:00:00
STOP
PLAY
2
4
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ò˜ÂÚ˜ËÍÛ ÎÂÌÚ˚
Note on the tape counter
åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡ÒıÓʉÂÌË ̇ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ
ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò Ù‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍËÏ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ.
There may be a discrepancy of several seconds
from the time code.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ZERO SET MEMORY
• äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚË ZERO SET MEMORY,
Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚÒfl ÌÛ΂‡fl ÚӘ͇ Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇.
ëÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ZERO SET MEMORY ‰Ó
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ 3 ‰Îfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ Ô‡ÏflÚË.
• á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌË ÌÛ΂ÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÏÂÊ‰Û ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÏË Ì‡
ÎÂÌÚ ËϲÚÒfl ÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ˜‡ÒÚË.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌËfl ÌÛÎfl ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ‚
ÂÊËÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚËÁ‡ÔËÒË.
Notes on ZERO SET MEMORY
•When you press ZERO SET MEMORY, the
counter’s zero point is memorized. Press ZERO
SET MEMORY again before step 3 to cancel the
memory .
•Zero set memory may not function when there
is a blank portion between pictures on a tape.
•Zero set memory functions in recording
standby mode.
50
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Locating the beginning
of each scene
é·Ì‡ ÛÊÂÌË ̇˜‡Î‡
͇ʉÓÈ ÒˆÂÌ˚
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÈÚË Ì‡˜‡ÎÓ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓȉ‡Ú˚Ò
You can search for the beginning of the recorded
picture with the date using the Remote
Commander. You can also search for the photo-
recorded pictures only in the backward and
forward direction from the preset position.
(1)Make sure that the POWER switch is set to
PLAYER.
(2)Press SEARCH MODE on the Remote
Commander to select date search (search with
the date) or photo search (search the photo-
recorded pictures only).
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ڇÍÊ ËÒ͇ڸ
ÚÓθÍÓ ÙÓÚÓËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË
̇Á‡‰ËÎË‚Ô ‰ÓÚÚÂÍÛ˘Â„ÓÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl.
(1)ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË PLAYER.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ SEARCH MODE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
ÂÊËχÔÓËÒ͇‰‡Ú˚(ÔÓËÒÍÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÈ
‰‡Ú˚)ËÎËÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËË(ÔÓËÒÍÚÓθÍÓ
ÙÓÚÓËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ).
(3)Press + for upward or = for downward
on the Remote Commander to select the
desired picture.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ + ‰Îfl Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ô ‰
ËÎË = ‰Îfl Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇Á‡‰ ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
Each time you press + or =, the
camcorder searches for the next scene.
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á Ô Ë Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË + ËÎË =
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ.
SEARCH
MODE
POWER
PLAYER
2
1
OFF
CAMERA
PHOTO
3
To stop searching
Press p STOP.
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ÔÓËÒ͇
ç‡ÊÏËÚ p STOP.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ,
ÍÓÚÓ ‡fl ËÏÂÂÚ ˜ËÒÚ˚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÏÂʉÛ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÏË
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ÏÓÊÂÚÌÂ̇ÈÚËÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë ‰‡Ú‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ·˚Ú¸
Á‡ÔÓÏÌÂ̇.
When you use a recorded tape which has
blank portions between pictures
The camcorder may not search for the recorded
picture or data may not be stored.
Note on cassette memory
The cassette memory function cannot be used
with this camcorder.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌËÍÓ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚
îÛÌ͈Ëfl Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì‡ ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
Notes on searching
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÔÓËÒÍÛ
•The camcorder may not search if the beginning
of the search portion is too close to the tape
head position.
•When you use date search, the camcorder plays
back the search picture, and when you use
photo search, the camcorder enters playback
pause at the point.
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ÔÓËÒÍ,
ÂÒÎË Ì‡˜‡ÎÓ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·ÎËÁÍÓ Í ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌ˲ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇ „ÓÎÓ‚ÍÂ.
• äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ ÔÓËÒÍ ‰‡Ú˚,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ̇ȉÂÌÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ‡ ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚÂ
ÔÓËÒÍÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËË,‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡‚ıÓ‰ËÚ‚
ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ̇ȉÂÌÌÓÈ
ÚÓ˜ÍÂ.
51
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
åÓÌÚ‡Ê Ì‡ ‰ Û„Û˛
ÎÂÌÚÛ
Editing onto another
tape
You can create your own video programme by
editing with any other DV, mini DV, h 8 mm,
H Hi8, j VHS, k S-VHS, VHSC,
K S-VHSC or l Betamax VCR that has
audio/video inputs. You can edit with little
deterioration of picture and sound quality when
using the DV connecting cable.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡Ú¸ LJ¯Û ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÛ˛
‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏÛ ÔÛÚÂÏ ÏÓÌڇʇ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‰ Û„Ó„Ó äÇå ÚËÔ‡ DV, mini DV, h 8 ÏÏ, H
Hi8, j VHS, k S-VHS, VHSC, K
S-VHSC ËÎË l Betamax, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ËÏÂÂÚ
‚ıÓ‰˚ ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÒÏÓÌÚË Ó‚‡Ú¸ ÌÓ‚Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò Ì·Óθ¯ËÏ
ÛıÛ‰¯ÂÌËÂÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë
Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„ÓˆË٠ӂӄӂˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
Before editing
è ‰ ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÂÏ
Connect the camcorder to the VCR using the
VMC-2DV DV connecting cable (not supplied) or
the supplied A/V connecting cable.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÍäÇå,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛflÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚ȈËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ VMC-2DV (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) ËÎË
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È
͇·Âθ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ.
Use this camcorder as a player.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
͇˜ÂÒڂ‚ˉÂÓÔÎÂÈ ‡.
Using the DV connecting cable
Simply connect the VMC-2DV DV connecting
cable (not supplied) to DV OUT and to DV IN of
the DV products.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ˆËÙ Ó‚Ó„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl
è ÓÒÚÓÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ VMC-2DV (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) c „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÏ DV OUT Ë „ÌÂÁ‰ÓÏ DV
INˆËÙ Ó‚ÓȂˉÂÓÔ Ó‰Û͈ËË.
DV
S VIDEO
LANC
DV IN
DV OUT
Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
:
About DV connecting cable
é ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓÏ ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÏ
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎÂ
You can record picture, sound and system data at
the same time on the DV products by using the
DV connecting cable only.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ, Á‚ÛÍ Ë
ÒËÒÚÂÏÌ˚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ӉÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓȂˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÂÚÓθÍÓÒ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„ÓˆËÙ Ó‚Ó„Ó
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
52
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
͇·ÂÎfl S-‚ˉÂÓ [a] ËÎË
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ
[b]
Using the S video connecting cable
[a] or A/V connecting cable [b]
Set the input selector on the VCR to LINE.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ ̇
äÇå ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË LINE.
TV
S VIDEO IN
VIDEO IN
S VIDEO OUT
[a]
[b]
AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2
VCR
AUDIO IN
:
Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
53
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Editing onto another tape
åÓÌÚ‡Ê Ì‡ ‰ Û„Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ
燘‡ÎÓ ÏÓÌڇʇ
Starting editing
Edición en otra cinta
(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to
record over) into the VCR, and insert your
recorded tape into the camcorder.
(2) Play back the recorded tape on the camcorder
until you locate the point where you want to
start editing, then press P to set the
(1)ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ˜ËÒÚÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ (ËÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ,
ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸) ‚ äÇå
Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú LJ¯Û Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
(2)ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ÎÂÌÚÛ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ç˚ ÌÂ
ӷ̇ ÛÊËÚÂÚÓ˜ÍÛ,ÓÚÍÛ‰‡Ç˚ıÓÚËÚÂ
̇˜‡Ú¸ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ‰Îfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(3)ç‡È‰ËÚ ̇ äÇå ÚÓ˜ÍÛ ÚÓ˜ÍÛ Ì‡˜‡Î‡
Á‡ÔËÒË Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ äÇå ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
Á‡ÔËÒË.
(4)é‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â
Ë Ì‡ äÇå ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ÏÓÌڇʇ.
camcorder in playback pause mode.
(3) On the VCR, locate the recording start point
and set the VCR in recording pause mode.
(4) Press P on the camcorder and VCR
simultaneously to start editing.
To edit more scenes
Repeat steps 2 to 4.
To stop editing
Press p on both the camcorder and the VCR.
ÑÎfl ÏÓÌڇʇ ‰ Û„Ëı ÒˆÂÌ
èÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂÔÛÌÍÚ˚ÒÓ2ÔÓ4.
Notes on editing when using the DV
connecting cable
•You can connect one VCR only.
•If you record playback pause picture via the DV
jack, the recorded picture becomes rough.
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ÏÓÌڇʇ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ p Ë Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ äÇå.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÛ Ô Ë
ËÒÔÓθÎÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ˆËÙ Ó‚Ó„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl
• Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ÚÓθÍÓÓ‰ËÌ
äÇå.
Notes on editing when using the A/V
connecting cable
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚
ÏÓÏÂÌÚÔ‡ÛÁ˚‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl˜Â ÂÁ
„ÌÂÁ‰ÓDV,Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË·ۉÂÚ
̘ÂÚÍËÏ.
•Press DATA CODE button to turn off the
display indicators. Otherwise, the indicators
will be recorded on the tape.
•If your TV or VCR is a monaural type, connect
the yellow plug of the A/V connecting cable for
video to the TV or VCR. Connect only the
white or red plug for audio to the TV or VCR.
If you connect the white plug, the sound is L
(left) signal. If you connect the red plug, the
sound is R (right) signal.
•You can edit precisely by connecting VMC-LM7
adaptor (not supplied) and a LANC cable to
this camcorder and other video equipment
having fine synchro-editing function, using this
camcorder as a player.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÛ Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ
• ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔ͇ DATA CODE ‰Îfl
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ó‚ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl. Ç
Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏÒÎÛ˜‡ÂË̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚·Û‰ÛÚ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ ̇ ÎÂÌÚÛ.
• èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÊÂÎÚ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó͇·ÂÎfl‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ‰Îfl
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË äÇå.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ·ÂÎ˚È ËÎË Í ‡ÒÌ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ ‰Îfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û
ËÎË äÇå. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ·ÂÎ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ,ÚÓÁ‚ÛÍ·Û‰ÂÚÔ ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ÒflL
(΂˚Ï) ÒË„‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
Í ‡ÒÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ, ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ
Ô ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl R (Ô ‡‚˚Ï) Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ.
• Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ÚÓ˜Ì˚È ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê
ÔÛÚÂÏÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡VMC-LM7
(ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) Ë Í‡·ÂÎfl LANC Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Âˉ Û„ÓȂˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ Â,
Ëϲ˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÚÓ˜ÌÓ„Ó ÒËÌı ÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÏÓÌڇʇ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
͇˜ÂÒڂ‚ˉÂÓÔÎÂÈ ‡.
54
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
Audio dubbing
You can record an audio sound to add to the
original sound on a tape by connecting audio
equipment or a microphone. If you use the
VMC-LM7 adaptor (not supplied) to connect the
audio equipment, you can add a sound on your
recorded tape by specifying starting and ending
points. The original sound will not be erased.
You can only operate with the Remote
Commander.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ
ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌˉÎfl‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌËflÍËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ
Á‚ÛÍÛ̇ÎÂÌÚÂÔÛÚÂÏÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl
‡Û‰ËÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚ËÎËÏËÍ ÓÙÓ̇. ÖÒÎËÇ˚
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ‡‰‡ÔÚ VMC-LM7(ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)‰ÎflÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl
‡Û‰ËÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚,Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸Á‚ÛÍ
̇ LJ¯Û Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ ÔÛÚÂÏ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl
̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Ë ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË. àÒıÓ‰Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍ
Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÚ Ú. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
Audio equipment
ÄÛ‰ËÓËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ
LINE OUT
VMC-LM7 adaptor
(not supplied)
ĉ‡ÔÚÂVMC-LM7
(ÌÂÔ Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
RK-G128 connecting cable (not supplied)
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ RK-G128 (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
: Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
When using an external microphone, connect it
to the MIC jack of the VMC-LM7 adaptor.
If you record the sound using the built-in
microphone, you do not need to connect the
VMC-LM7 adaptor.
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚̯ÌÂ„Ó ÏËÍ ÓÙÓ̇
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ„ÓÍ„ÌÂÁ‰ÛMIC‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡
VMC-LM7.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÏËÍ ÓÙÓ̇, Ç‡Ï ÌÂÌÛÊÌÓ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÚ¸‡‰‡ÔÚÂVMC-LM7.
Notes on audio dubbing
•A new sound cannot be recorded on a tape
already recorded in the 16-bit mode (32 kHz,
44.1 kHz or 48 kHz).
•When an external microphone is not connected,
the recording will be made through the built-in
microphone of the camcorder.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
• çÓ‚˚È Á‚ÛÍ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ì‡
ÎÂÌÚÛ, Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚ 16-
·ËÚÓ‚ÓÏ ÂÊËÏ (32 ÍɈ, 44, 1 ÍɈ ËÎË 48
ÍɈ).
• A new sound cannot be recorded on a tape
already recorded in the LP mode.
•If you add a new sound on a tape recorded by
other camcorder (including DCR-PC7E), the
sound quality may become worse.
• äÓ„‰‡ ‚̯ÌËÈ ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ Ì ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ,
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸Òfl ˜Â ÂÁ
‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
• çÓ‚˚È Á‚ÛÍ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ì‡
ÎÂÌÚÂ, Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚
ÂÊËÏÂ LP.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‰Ó·‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÌÓ‚˚È Á‚ÛÍ Ì‡ ÎÂÌÚÛ,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛Ì‡‰ Û„ÓȂˉÂÓ͇Ï Â
(‚Íβ˜‡fl DCR-PC7E), ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Á‚Û͇
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ ıÛÊÂ.
55
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
Audio dubbing
Adding an audio sound on a
recorded tape
ÑÓ·‡‚ÎÂÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂ-
ÌËfl ̇ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ
(1) Insert your recorded tape into the camcorder.
(2) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to PLAYER.
(3) On the camcorder, press · to set it to
playback mode, and then locate the point
where the recording ends by pressing 0 or
). Then press P to set it to playback pause
mode.
(4) Press ZERO SET MEMORY on the Remote
Commander. The ZERO SET MEMORY
indicator flashes and the end point of the
recording is stored in memory.
(1)ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú LJ¯Û Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
(2)ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ PLAYER.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ · ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Îfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍËÂÂ̇ ÂÊËÏ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl,
‡Á‡ÚÂÏ̇ȉËÚÂÚÓ˜ÍÛÓÍÓ̘‡ÌËflÁ‡ÔËÒË
ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl 0 ËÎË ). á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ P ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
̇ ÂÊËÏÔ‡ÛÁ˚‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO SET MEMORY ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ZERO SET MEMORY ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë
ÍÓ̘̇fl ÚӘ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË Á‡ÌÓÒËÚÒfl ‚
Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
(5) On the camcorder, locate the point where the
recording should begin by pressing 0 or
). Then press P to set it to playback pause
mode.
(6) Press AUDIO DUB on the Remote
Commander.
(7) Press P on the camcorder and at the same
time start playing back the audio you want to
record. The new sound will be recorded in
stereo 2. The recorded sound in stereo 1 is not
heard.
(5)ç‡È‰ËÚÂÚÓ˜ÍÛ,„‰ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸‰ÓÎÊ̇
̇˜‡Ú¸Òfl ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl 0 ËÎË ) ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â. á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ‰Îfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(6)ç‡ÊÏËÚ AUDIO DUB ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
The recording stops automatically near the
counter's zero point. Press p to set the camcorder
to stop mode.
You can add the sound not using zero set
memory function.
(7)ç‡ÊÏËÚ P ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  Ë
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ̇˜ÌËÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸
‡Û‰ËÓËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ,ÍÓÚÓ ˚ÈÇ˚ıÓÚËÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸. çÓ‚˚È Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì ‚
ÒÚ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏ 2. á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍ ‚
ÒÚ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏ 1 ÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
‚·ÎËÁË ÌÛ΂ÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇. ç‡ÊÏËÚ p
‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÂÊËÏ
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡.
To change the end point
Press ZERO SET MEMORY on the Remote
Commander so that the ZERO SET MEMORY
indicator disappears and begin from step 3.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ ·ÂÁ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌ͈ËË Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌËfl
ÌÛ΂ÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
To play back the new recorded sound
Adjust the balance between the original sound
(stereo 1) and the new sound (stereo 2) by
selecting AUDIO MIX in menu system.
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO SET MEMORY ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ZEROSETMEMORYËÒ˜ÂÁË
̇˜Ë̇ÈÚ ÓÔflÚ¸ Ò ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ 3.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÌÓ‚Ó„Ó
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û͇
éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ ÏÂÊ‰Û ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚Ï
Á‚ÛÍÓÏ (ÒÚÂ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏ 1) Ë ÌÓ‚˚Ï Á‚ÛÍÓÏ
(ÒÚÂ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏ 2) ÔÛÚÂÏ ‚˚·Ó ‡ AUDIO MIX ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
56
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
Additional information
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-
ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË
‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â
Charging the vanadium-
lithium battery in the
camcorder
Your camcorder is supplied with a vanadium-
lithium battery installed so as to retain the date
and time, etc., regardless of the setting of the
POWER switch. The vanadium-lithium battery is
always charged as long as you are using the
camcorder. The battery, however, will get
discharged gradually if you do not use the
camcorder. It will be completely discharged in
about 1/2 year if you do not use the camcorder at
all. Even if the vanadium-lithium battery is not
charged, it will not affect the camcorder
operation. To retain the date and time, etc.,
charge the battery if the battery is discharged.
The following are charging methods:
LJ¯‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒ̇˘Â̇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-
ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÓÈ ‰Îfl ÒÓı ‡ÌÂÌËfl ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ë Ú.‰., ÌÂÁ‡‚ËÒËÏÓ ÓÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER. LJ̇‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇‚Ò„‰‡ÔÓ‰Á‡ flʇÂÚÒfl,ÔÓ͇Ç˚
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.é‰Ì‡ÍÓ,
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡Á flʇڸÒfl,
ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ï‡ÎÓ
‚ ÂÏÂÌË. é̇ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÚÒfl
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Á‡ ÔÓ΄Ӊ‡, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚÂËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ۂÚ˜ÂÌËÂ
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„ÓÔ ËÓ‰‡.чÊÂÂÒÎË‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-
ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ Ì Á‡ flÊÂ̇, ˝ÚÓ ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÎËflÚ¸ ̇ ‡·ÓÚÛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. ÑÎfl
ÒÓı ‡ÌÂÌËfl ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ë Ú.‰. Á‡ flʇÈÚÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ, ÂÒÎË·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ‡Á flÊÂ̇.
•Connect the camcorder to mains using the
supplied AC power adaptor, and leave the
camcorder with the POWER switch turned off
for more than 24 hours.
ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÏÂÚÓ‰˚ Á‡ fl‰ÍË:
• èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÍ
•Or, install the fully charged battery pack in the
camcorder, and leave the camcorder with the
POWER switch turned off for more than 24
hours.
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚËÒËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„ÓÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇ËÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÔ Ë
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER
·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 24 ˜‡Ò‡.
•
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 24 ˜‡Ò‡.
When disposing of the camcorder
è Ë ÎË͂ˉ‡ˆËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Remove the vanadium-lithium battery, and
dispose of the camcorder and the vanadium-
lithium battery according to the disposal system
in your country. The vanadium-lithium battery is
installed in the cassette compartment.
(1)Remove the four screws at the bottom.
(2)Remove the panel using a screwdriver.
(3)Remove the two small screws on the circuit
board and dispose of it together with the
vanadium-lithium battery.
쉇ÎËÚ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ Ë
ÎËÍ‚Ë‰Ë ÛÈÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛË‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-
ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ‚ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËËÒ
ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ ÎË͂ˉ‡ˆËË ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌÂ.
LJ̇‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇
‚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌÓÏ ÓÚÒÂÍÂ.
(1)éÚÍ ÛÚËÚ ˜ÂÚ˚  ‚ËÌÚ‡ ̇ ‰ÌˢÂ.
(2)ëÌËÏËÚ ԇÌÂθ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÓÚ‚Â ÚÍË.
(3)éÚÍ ÛÚËÚ ‰‚‡ χÎÂ̸ÍËı ‚ËÌÚ‡ ̇
ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÌÓÈ Ô·ÚÂ Ë ÎËÍ‚Ë‰Ë ÛÈÚ ‚ÏÂÒÚ Ò
‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÓÈ.
1
2
3
57
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Resetting the date
and time
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË
The date and time are set at the factory. Set the
time according to your local time. If you do not
use the camcorder for about a year, the date and
time settings may be released (bars may appear)
because the vanadium-lithium battery installed
in the camcorder will have been discharged. In
this case, first charge the vanadium-lithium
battery, then reset the date and time.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to CAMERA.
(2) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(3) Select CLOCK SET, then press EXECUTE.
(4) Press v or V to adjust the year, and then press
EXECUTE.
(5) Set the month, day, hour and minutes by
pressing v or V and pressing EXECUTE.
(6) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
чڇ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ˚ ̇ Á‡‚Ó‰Â.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÏÂÒÚÌ˚Ï
‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌËÂ
Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó„Ó‰‡,ÚÓÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Íˉ‡Ú˚Ë‚ ÂÏÂÌË
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÛÚ flÌ˚ (ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ˜Â ÚÓ˜ÍË)
‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ‡Á fl‰ÍË‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â. Ç Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÔ ‚‡
Á‡ fl‰ËÚ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏÒÌÓ‚‡ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ‰‡ÚÛË‚ ÂÏfl.
(1)ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(3)Ç˚·Â ËÚ CLOCK SET, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
EXECUTE.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ËÎË V ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË „Ó‰‡, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(5)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÏÂÒflˆ, ‰‡ÚÛ, ˜‡Ò˚ Ë ÏËÌÛÚ˚,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl v ËÎË V, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
EXECUTE.
(6)ç‡ÊÏËÚÂMENU‰ÎflÒÚË ‡ÌËfl‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
Ï Â Ì ˛ .
1
POWER
PLAYER
EXECUTE
3
OFF
MENU
MENU
CAMERA
PHOTO
S SHOT
COMMANDER
REC MODE
BEEP
1996
1
1
REC LAMP
LCDCOLOUR
CLOCK SET
1
1 1996
12:00:00
CLOCK SET
[MENU]:END
12 00
[MENU]:END
2,6
MENU
4
5
EXECUTE
1997
7
1
1997
7
4
1997
7
4
1996
1
1
1997
1
1
1997
1
1
12 00
12 00
17 00
12 00
12 00
12 00
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
58
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
To correct the date and time setting
Repeat steps 2 to 5.
ÑÎfl ÍÓ ÂÍÚË Ó‚ÍË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË
èÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂÔÛÌÍÚ˚ÒÓ2ÔÓ5.
The year indicators changes as follows:
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ „Ó‰‡ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:
1996
1997
... 2000 ...
2029
1996
1997
... 2000 ...
2029
Note on the time indicator
The internal clock of this camcorder operates on a
24-hour cycle.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Û ‚ ÂÏÂÌË
ÇÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚ ˜‡Ò˚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú ‚ 24-˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÏ ˆËÍÎÂ.
59
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ë
ÂÊËÏ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Usable cassettes and
playback modes
Selecting cassette types
Ç˚·Ó ÚËÔÓ‚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ
You can use the mini DV cassette only. You
cannot use any other h 8 mm, H Hi8, j
VHS, k S-VHS, VHSC, K S-VHSC
or l Betamax cassette.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÓθÍÓ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚
mini DV. Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ
͇ÍÛ˛-ÎË·Ó ‰ Û„Û˛ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ h 8 ÏÏ, H Hi8,
j VHS, k S-VHS, VHSC, K S-
VHSC ËÎË l Betamax.
When you play back
äÓ„‰‡Ç˚‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂ
Copyright signal
ë˄̇Π‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓ„Ó Ô ‡‚‡
Using this camcorder, you cannot play back a
tape that has recorded a copyright control signals
for copyright protection of software. “COPY
INHIBIT” appears on the LCD screen, in the
viewfinder or on the TV screen if you try to play
back such a tape. This camcorder does not
record copyright control signals on the tape
when it records.
àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚËÎÂÌÚÛ, ÍÓÚÓ ‡fl·˚·
Á‡ÔË҇̇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÍÓÌÚ ÓθÌ˚ı
Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ ‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓ„Ó Ô ‡‚‡ ‰Îfl Á‡˘ËÚ˚
‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓ„Ó Ô ‡‚‡ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚. “COPY
INHIBIT” ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ, ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡,
ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ô˚Ú‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË Ú‡ÍÛ˛
ÎÂÌÚÛ. чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ
ÍÓÌÚ ÓθÌ˚ Ò˄̇Î˚ ‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓ„Ó Ô ‡‚‡ ̇
ÎÂÌÚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
Audio mode
12-bit mode: The original sound can be recorded
in stereo 1, and the new sound in stereo 2 in 32
kHz. The balance between stereo 1 and stereo 2
can be adjusted by selecting AUDIO MIX in the
menu system during playback. Both sounds can
be played back.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ ÂÊËÏ
12-·ËÚÓ‚˚È ÂÊËÏ: àÒıÓ‰Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍ ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì ‚ ÒÚ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏ 1, ‡ ÌÓ‚˚È
Á‚ÛÍ ‚ ÒÚ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏ 2 ̇ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ 32 ÍɈ.
Ň·ÌÒÏÂʉÛÒÚ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏÓÏ1Ë
16-bit mode: A new sound cannot be recorded
but the original sound can be recorded in high
quality. Moreover, it can also play back sound
recorded in 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz. When
playing back a tape recorded in the 16-bit mode,
16BIT indicator appears on the LCD screen or in
the viewfinder.
ÒÚ ÂÓ ÂÊËÏÓÏ 2 ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ì
ÔÛÚÂÏ ‚˚·Ó ‡ AUDIO MIX ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. é·‡ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı
ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËflÏÓ„ÛÚ·˚Ú¸‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚.
16-·ËÚÓ‚˚È ÂÊËÏ: çÓ‚˚È Á‚ÛÍ ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì, ÌÓ ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ò ‚˚ÒÓÍËÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÓÏ. äÓ ‚ÒÂÏÛ,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ÏÓÊÂÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Á‚ÛÍ,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚È Ì‡ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ 32 ÍɈ, 44,1 ÍɈ ËÎË
48 ÍɈ. è Ë ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÎÂÌÚ˚,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ 16-·ËÚÓ‚ÓÏ ÂÊËÏ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ,
16BIT ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
You cannot record in the 16-bit mode using this
camcorder.
Recording mode
When you play back a tape, the SP/LP indicator
on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder shows the
recording mode SP/LP.
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ 16-
·ËÚÓ‚ÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
Note on cassette memory
The cassette memory function cannot be used
with this camcorder.
êÂÊËÏ Á‡ÔËÒË
è Ë‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËËÎÂÌÚ˚Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ SP/
LP ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡ÔËÒË SP/LP.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌËÓ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚
îÛÌ͈Ëfl Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì‡ ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
60
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Notes on the mini DV cassette
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Í‡ÒÒÂÚ mini DV
To prevent accidental erasure
Slide out the protect tab on the cassette so that
the red portion is visible. [a]
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó
ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
è ‰‚Ë̸Ú Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È ÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ Ì‡ ͇ÒÒÂÚÂ
Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ·˚· ‚ˉ̇ Í ‡ÌÒ̇fl ÏÂÚ͇. [a]
When affixing a label on the mini DV
cassette
Be sure to affix a label on only the location as
illustrated below so as not to cause malfunction
of the camcorder. [b]
è Ë Ô ËÍÎÂË‚‡ÌËË ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍË Ì‡
͇ÒÒÂÚÛ mini DV
é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ÍÎÂÈÚ ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡
ÏÂÒÚÓ, Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÌËÊ ‡ ËÒÛÌÍÂ, Ú‡Í,
˜ÚÓ·˚ Ì ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. [b]
After using the mini DV cassette
Rewind the tape to the beginning, put the
cassette in its case, and store it in an upright
position.
èÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ mini
DV
è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡Á‡‰ ̇ ̇˜‡ÎÓ,
ÔÓÎÓÊËÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ‚ÂÂÙÛÚÎfl Ëı ‡ÌËÚ‚
‚ ÚË͇θÌÓÏ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË.
[a]
To record/ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË
Slide out to prevent accidental erasure./
è ‰‚Ë̸Ú ‰Îfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl
ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl.
[b]
We recommend to use an ME cassette
You can get the highest quality pictures with this
camcorder using an ME cassette which is the
highest quality cassette.
You may not get as good quality with lesser
quality cassettes.
å˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ͇ÒÒÂÌÛ
åÖ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ̇˂˚ү ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ åÖ, ÍÓÚÓ ‡fl
ӷ·‰‡ÂÚ Ì‡Ë‚˚Ò¯ËÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÓÏ.
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜Ú¸ ıÓ Ó¯Ó„Ó Í‡˜Â‚ÒÚ‚‡
Ô ËËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËËıÛ‰¯Ëı͇ÒÒÂÚ.
61
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Tips for using the
battery pack
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
This section shows you how you can get the most
out of your battery pack.
чÌÌ˚È ‡Á‰ÂÎ ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ, Í‡Í Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ̇˷Óθ¯Û˛ ÓÚ‰‡˜Û ÓÚ Ç‡¯Â„Ó
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Preparing the battery pack
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Always carry additional batteries
Have sufficient battery pack power to do 2 to 3
times as much recording as you have planned.
ÇÒ„‰‡ ÌÓÒËÚ ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚Â
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Â ·ÎÓÍË
àÏÂÈÚ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜Ì˚ÈÁ‡ fl‰·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ‰Îfl ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ 2 – 3 ‡Á‡
·Óθ¯Â, ˜ÂÏ Ç˚ Á‡Ô·ÌË Ó‚‡ÎË.
Battery life is shorter in a cold
environment
Battery efficiency is decreased, and the battery
will be used up more quickly, if you are
recording in a cold environment.
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·Û‰ÂÚ ÍÓ Ó˜Â ‚ ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı
ùÙÙÂÍÚË‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÔÓÌËʇÂÚÒfl,ËÁ‡ fl‰·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó·ÎÓ͇
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl·˚ÒÚ ÂÂ,ÂÒÎËÇ˚Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı.
To save battery power
Do not leave the camcorder in Standby mode
when not recording to save the battery power.
A smooth transition between scenes can be made
even if recording is stopped and started again.
While you are positioning the subject, selecting
an angle, or looking at the LCD screen or through
the viewfinder, the lens moves automatically and
the battery is used. The battery is also used
when a tape is inserted or removed.
ÑÎfl ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
· Î Ó Í ‡
ç ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,ÍÓ„‰‡Ç˚ÌÂÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸
‰Îfl ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
è·‚Ì˚È Ô ÂıÓ‰ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÒˆÂ̇ÏË ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÏ, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ·˚·
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ Ë Ì‡˜‡Ú‡ ÒÌÓ‚‡. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
ÔÓÁˈËÓÌË ÛÂÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ, ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚ ۄÓÎ ËÎË
ÒÏÓÚ ËÚ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ, Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚
Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË, Ë ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl. Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl Ô Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚Í Ë
Û‰‡ÎÂÌËË ÎÂÌÚ˚.
62
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
When to replace the battery
pack
è Ë Á‡ÏÂÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
äÓ„‰‡Ç˚ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û,
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡ fl‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ Ë ‚ ÓÍӯ͠‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓÛÏÂ̸¯‡ÂÚÒflÔÓÏ Â
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
[a].
While you are using your camcorder, the
remaining battery indicator on the LCD screen or
in the viewfinder decreases gradually as battery
power is used up [a].
The remaining time in minutes also appears.
í‡ÍÊ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ ÂÏfl ‚
ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı.
[a]
When the remaining battery indicator reaches the
lowest point, the i indicator appears and starts
flashing in the viewfinder.
When the i indicator in the viewfinder changes
from slow flashing to rapid flashing while you
are recording, set the POWER switch to OFF on
the camcorder and replace the battery pack.
Leave the tape in the camcorder to obtain a
smooth transition between scenes after the
battery pack has been replaced.
äÓ„‰‡Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó·ÎÓ͇‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚ̇ËÌËÁ¯ÂÈ
ÚÓ˜ÍË, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ iÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Ë Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
äÓ„‰‡Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ i‚‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ÏË„‡ÌË ̇ ·˚ÒÚ ÓÂ
ÏË„‡ÌË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
éÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÎÂÌÚÛ ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Îfl
ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl Ô·‚ÌÓ„Ó Ô ÂıÓ‰‡ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÒˆÂ̇ÏË
ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ÏÂÌ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
Depending on conditions, the i indicator may
flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes remaining.
ÇÁ‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÓ·ÒÚÓflÚÂθÒÚ‚Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
iÏÓÊÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ÓÒÚ‡ÎÓÒ¸ ¢ ÓÚ
5 ‰Ó 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.
Notes on the rechargeable
battery pack
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ô ÂÁ‡ flʇÂÏÓÏÛ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓÏÛ ·ÎÓÍÛ
Caution
è ‰ÓÒÚ ÂÊÂÌËÂ
Never leave the battery pack in temperatures
above 60°C (140°F), such as in a car parked in the
sun or under direct sunlight.
çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ô Ë
ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ Â Ò‚˚¯Â 60°C (140°F), ͇Í
Ì‡Ô ËÏ , ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ, Ô ËÔ‡ ÍÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ Ì‡
ÒÓÎ̈ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ Ô flÏ˚ÏË ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ÏË
ÎÛ˜‡ÏË.
The battery pack heats up
During charging or recording, the battery pack
heats up. This is caused by energy that has been
generated and a chemical change that has
occurred inside the battery pack. This is not
cause for concern, and is normal.
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡„ ‚‡ÂÚÒfl
ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ Ì‡„ ‚‡ÂÚÒfl. ùÚÓ ‚˚Á‚‡ÌÓ
„ÂÌÂ Ë ÛÂÏÓÈ ˝Ì „ËÂÈ Ë ıËÏ˘ÂÒÍËÏË
‡͈ËflÏË,ÍÓÚÓ ˚ÂÔ ÓËÒıÓ‰flÚ‚ÌÛÚ Ë
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇. ùÚÓ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸
Ô Ë˜ËÌÓȉÎfl·ÂÒÔÓÍÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ëfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
Ì Ó Ï ‡ Î ¸ Ì ˚ Ï .
63
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Tips for using the battery
pack
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
“InfoLITHIUM” battery pack
The “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack is a lithium
battery pack which can exchange data with
compatible video equipment about its battery
consumption.
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ “InfoLITHIUM”
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ “InfoLITHIUM” fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÎËÚË‚˚Ï ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó·ÏÂÌË‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚ÏË Ò
ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓȂˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ
ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ ‡ÒıÓ‰‡Á‡ fl‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇. Sony ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
Sony recommends that you use the
“InfoLITHIUM” battery pack with video
equipment having the
When you use this battery pack with video
equipment having the mark, the
mark.
“InfoLITHIUM”҂ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ,Ëϲ˘ÂÈ
Á̇Í
.
è ËËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËˉ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ Ò ‚ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ, Ëϲ˘ÂÈ Á̇Í
‚,ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ‡·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı.* é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË
Ç˚ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ„Ó҂ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ,ÌÂ
Ëϲ˘ÂÈ Ú‡ÍÓ„Ó Á͇̇, ÓÒÚ‡‚¯‡flÒfl ÂÏÍÓÒÚ¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ Ì Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚
ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı.
video equipment will indicate the remaining
battery time in minutes.* However, if you use it
with video equipment not having this mark, the
remaining battery capacity will not be indicated
in minutes.
* The indication may not be accurate depending
on the condition and environment which the
equipment is used under.
* èÓ͇Á‡ÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ¸ ·˚Ú¸ ÌÂÚÓ˜Ì˚Ï, ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈËÓÍ Ûʇ˛˘ÂÈ
Ò Â‰˚Ô ËÍÓÚÓ ˚ıËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl
‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ‡.
Battery pack care
•Remove the battery pack from the
camcorder after using it, and keep it in a cool
place. When the battery pack is installed to the
camcorder, a small amount of current flows to
the camcorder even if the POWER switch is set
to OFF. This shortens battery life.
ìıÓ‰ Á‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ
• ëÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÔÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl,
ı ‡ÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ Ô Óı·‰ÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ. äÓ„‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, Ì·Óθ¯Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒ‚ÚÓ
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓ„ÓÚÓ͇ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ
Ë
•The battery pack is always discharging even
when it is not in use after charging. Therefore,
you should charge the battery pack right before
using the camcorder.
POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF. ùÚÓ
ÒÓÍ ‡˘‡ÂÚ Ò ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚Ò„‰‡ ‡Á flʇÂÚÒfl,
‰‡ÊÂÂÒÎËÓÌÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒflÔÓÒÎÂ
Á‡ fl‰ÍË. èÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ Á‡ flʇڸ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È·ÎÓÍÌÂÔÓÒ Â‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÔ ‰
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
64
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
The life of the battery pack
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ÏË„‡ÂÚ
·˚ÒÚ Ó Ò ‡ÁÛ ÔÓÒΠ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ò ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚Ï
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ, ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÏÂÌÂÌ ÌÓ‚˚Ï ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛
Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚Ï ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ.
If the battery indicator flashes rapidly just after
turning on the camcorder with a fully charged
battery pack, the battery pack should be replaced
with a new fully charged one.
Charging temperature
You should charge batteries at temperatures from
10°C to 30°C (from 50°F to 86°F). Lower
temperatures require a longer charging time.
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡Á‡ fl‰ÍË
Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ Á‡ flʇڸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ô Ë
ÚÂÏÔ ‡Ú ÂÓÚ10°ë‰Ó30°ë(ÓÚ50°F‰Ó86°F).
ÅÓÎÂÂÌËÁ͇flÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡Ú ·ÛÂÚ·ÓÎÂÂ
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Á‡ fl‰ÍË.
Notes on charging
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ fl‰ÍÂ
A brand-new battery pack
A brand-new battery pack is not charged. Before
using the battery pack, charge it completely.
ëÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÌÓ ÌÓ‚˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
ëÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÌÓ ÌÓ‚˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÌÂ
Á‡ flÊÂÌ.è ‰ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ fl‰ËÚ „Ó.
Recharge the battery pack whenever
you like
You do not have to discharge it before
recharging. If you charged the battery pack fully
but you did not use it for a long time, it becomes
discharged. Then recharge the battery pack
before use.
èÓ‰Á‡ flʇÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ,
ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ
Ç‡Ï Ì ÌÛÊÌÓ ‡Á flʇڸ Â„Ó Ô ‰
ÔÓ‰Á‡ fl‰ÍÓÈ.ÖÒÎËÇ˚ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛Á‡ fl‰ËÎË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎË Â„Ó
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ‚ ÂÏfl,ÚÓÓÌ ‡Á fl‰ËÚÒfl.íÓ„‰‡
Á‡ fl‰ËÚ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È·ÎÓÍÔ ‰
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ.
Notes on the terminals
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡Ï
If the terminals (metal parts on the back)
are not clean, the battery charge duration
will be shortened.
When the terminals are not clean or when the
battery pack has not been used for a long time,
repeatedly install and remove the battery pack a
few times. This improves the contact condition.
Also, wipe the +, – and C terminals with a soft
cloth or paper.
ÖÒÎË ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ (ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍË ˜‡ÒÚË Ì‡
Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÂ) Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚, ÚÓ
Ô Ó‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÓÍ ‡˘Â̇.
äÓ„‰‡ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚, ËÎË ÂÒÎË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì ·˚Î ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì ‚
Ú˜ÂÌˉÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó‚ ÂÏÂÌË,ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ Ë ÒÌflÚË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á. ùÚÓ ÛÎÛ˜¯‡ÂÚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡. í‡ÍÊÂ Ô ÓÚ ËÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ +, – Ë C
Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú̸͇˛ ËÎË ·Ûχ„ÓÈ.
Be sure to observe the following
•Keep the battery pack away from fire.
•Keep the battery pack dry.
•Do not open nor try to disassemble the battery
pack.
é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ Òӷ≇ÈÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ
• ï ‡ÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ
Ó„Ìfl.
•Do not expose the battery pack to any
mechanical shock.
• ï ‡ÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÛıËÏ.
• ç Ô˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÓÚÍ ˚Ú¸ ËÎË ‡ÁÓ· ‡Ú¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
• ç ÔÓ‰‚ „‡ÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÌË͇ÍËÏ
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍËÏ Û‰‡ ‡Ï.
65
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Maintenance information
and precautions
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û Á‡
‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏËÔ Â‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË
Moisture condensation
äÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë
If the camcorder is brought directly from a cold
place to a warm place, moisture may condense
inside the camcorder, on the surface of the tape,
or on the lens. In this condition, the tape may
stick to the head drum and be damaged or the
camcorder may not operate correctly. To prevent
possible damage under these circumstances, the
camcorder is furnished with moisture sensors.
Take the following precautions.
ÖÒÎ˂ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡Ô ËÌÂÒÂÌ‡Ô flÏÓËÁ
ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÒÚ‡ ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ‚·„‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒË Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ÌÛ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚, ̇
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÎË Ì‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â. Ç
Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË ÎÂÌÚ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ËÎËÔÌÛÚ¸ Í
·‡ ‡·‡ÌÛ „ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ë ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂ̇, ËÎË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl‚‚ˉÛÚ‡ÍËıÓ·ÒÚÓflÚÂθÒÚ‚,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ò̇·ÊÂ̇ ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇ÏË ‚·„Ë.
ëӷ≇ÈÚÂÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂÔ Â‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË.
Inside the camcorder
If there is moisture inside the camcorder, the
beep sounds and the { indicator flashes. If this
happens, none of the function except cassette
ejection will work. Open the cassette
compartment, turn off the camcorder, and leave
it about 1 hour. When 6 indicator flashes at the
same time, the cassette is inserted in the
camcorder. Eject the cassette, turn off the
camcorder, and leave also the cassette about 1
hour.
ÇÌÛÚ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
ÖÒÎË ‚ÌÛÚ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ô ÓËÁӯ·
ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë, ÚÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‚Û˜‡Ú¸
ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇Î, Ë Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ { ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÎÓÒ¸, ÚÓ ÌË͇ÍËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË, Í ÓÏ ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚, ÌÂ
·Û‰ÛÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚ÈÓÚÒÂÍ,
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÂÂ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 1 ˜‡Ò. ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
6
·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ ‚ ÚÓ Ê ҇ÏÓ ‚ ÂÏfl, ÚÓ Á̇˜ËÚ
͇ÒÒÂÚ‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇ ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
Ç˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ, ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛËÓÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ·ÂÁ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ú‡ÍÊÂ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 1
˜‡Ò.
On the lens
If moisture condenses on the lens, no indicator
appears, but the picture becomes dim. Turn off
the power and do not use the camcorder for
about 1 hour.
ç‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â
How to prevent moisture
condensation
When bringing the camcorder from a cold place
to a warm place, put the camcorder in a plastic
bag and allow it to adapt to room conditions over
a period of time.
ÖÒÎË ‚·„‡ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒË Ó‚‡Î‡Ò¸ ̇
Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â, ÌË͇ÍË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl
Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ, ÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÚÛÒÍÎ˚Ï.
Ç˚Íβ˜ËÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ Ë Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ 1 ˜‡Ò.
(1) Be sure to tightly seal the plastic bag
containing the camcorder.
(2) Remove the bag when the air temperature
inside it has reached the temperature
surrounding it (after about 1 hour).
ä‡Í Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡ÚËÚ¸ ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆË˛
‚ Î ‡ „ Ë
ÖÒÎ˂ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡Ô ËÌÂÒÂ̇ËÁıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó
ÏÂÒÚ‡‚ÚÂÔÎÓÂÏÂÒÚÓ,ÚÓÔÓÎÓÊËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ ÔÓÎË˝ÚËÎÂÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡ÍÂÚ Ë
‰‡ÈÚ ÂÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚË Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl Í ÍÓÏ̇ÚÌ˚Ï
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËflÏ Á‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚È Ô ËÓ‰ ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
(1)é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ ÔÎÓÚÌÓ Á‡Í ÓÈÚÂ
ÔÓÎË˝ÚËÎÂÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡ÍÂÚ, ÒӉ ʇ˘ËÈ
͇Ï Û.
(2)Ç˚̸Ú ͇Ï Û, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡‚ÌÛÚ ËÔ‡ÍÂÚ‡‰ÓÒÚË„ÌÂÚ
ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ˚ ÓÍ Ûʇ˛˘Â„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡
(Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ˜Â ÂÁ 1 ˜‡Ò).
66
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Video head cleaning
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ
To ensure normal recording and clear pictures,
clean the video heads.
The video heads may be dirty when:
•mosaic-pattern noise appears on the playback
picture
•playback pictures do not move
•playback pictures are hardly visible
•playback pictures do not appear
•the v indicator and “ Ò CLEANING
CASSETTE” message appear one after another
or the v indicator flashes on the LCD screen or
in the viewfinder
ÑÎfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË Ë
˜ÂÚÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ó˜Ë˘‡ÈÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË.
ÇˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ì‡‚ ÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚, ÍÓ„‰‡:
• åÓÁ‡Ë˜Ì‡fl ÒÂÚ͇ ÔÓÏÂı ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÏËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËË.
• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÌÂ
Ô ÂÏ¢‡˛ÚÒfl.
• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
Ú Û‰ÌÓÔ ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡ÂÏÓÂ.
• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂÌÂ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl.
• à̉Ë͇ÚÓ v Ë ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “Ò CLEANING
CASSETE” ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‰ Û„ Á‡ ‰ Û„ÓÏ ËÎË
v Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÏË„‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
or
ËÎË
/
If [a] or [b] happens, clean the video heads with
the Sony DVM12CL cleaning cassette (not
supplied). Check the picture and if the above
problem persists, repeat the cleaning. (Do not
repeat cleaning more than 5 times in one session.)
ÖÒÎË˝ÚÓÒÎÛ˜ËÚÒflÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ[a]ËÎË[b],
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ Sony DVM12CL (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).èÓÒÎÂÔ Ó‚Â ÍËËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl,
ÂÒÎË ÓÌÓ ‚Ò ¢ “Á‡¯ÛÏÎÂÌÓ”, ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ
Ó˜ËÒÚÍÛ.(çÂÔÓ‚ÚÓ flÈÚÂÓ˜ËÒÚÍÛ·ÓÎÂÂ5 ‡Á
Á‡Ó‰ËÌÔ ËÂÏ.)
Note
If the DVM12CL cleaning cassette (not supplied)
is not available in your area, consult your nearest
Sony dealer.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ DVM12CL (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) ÌÂÚ ‚ Ô Ó‰‡Ê ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ Ó·Î‡ÒÚË,
Ô ÓÍÓÌÒÛθÚË ÛÈÚÂÒ¸ÛLJ¯Â„Ó·ÎËʇȯ„Ó
‰ËΠ‡Sony.
67
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Maintenance information
and precautions
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û Á‡
‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏËÔ Â‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË
Precautions
è‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
• ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡ÚË ÛÈÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÓÚ7,2Ç
(·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇) ËÎË 8,4 Ç (ÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇)
• ÖÒÎË Í‡ÍËÓÈ-ÌË·Û‰¸ Ú‚Â ‰˚È Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ ËÎË
ÊˉÍÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓÔ‡ÎË ‚ ÍÓ ÔÛÒ, ÚÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛËÔ Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂÂÂÛ‰ËΠ‡Sony
Ô ‰‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯÂȽÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ.
• àÁ·Â„‡ÈÚ „ Û·Ó„Ó Ó· ‡˘ÂÌËfl ËÎË
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍËı Û‰‡ Ó‚. ÅÛ‰¸Ú ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ
ÓÒÚÌÓ ÓÊÌ˚ Ò Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ÓÏ.
• Ñ ÊËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË OFF, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÌÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl.
• ç Á‡‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ÌÂ
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡ÚË ÛÈÚ‚ڇÍÓÏÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË,Ú‡Í
͇ÍÏÓÊÂÚÔ ÓËÁÓÈÚË‚ÌÛÚ ÂÌÌÂÂ
ÔÓ‚˚¯ÂÌË ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ˚.
Camcorder operation
•Operate the camcorder on 7.2 V (battery pack)
or 8.4 V (AC power adaptor).
•Should any solid object or liquid get inside the
casing, unplug the camcorder and have it
checked by Sony dealer before operating it any
further.
•Avoid rough handling or mechanical shock. Be
particularly careful of the lens.
•Keep the POWER switch set to OFF when not
using the camcorder.
•Do not wrap up the camcorder and operate it
since heat may build up internally.
•Keep the camcorder away from strong
magnetic fields or mechanical vibration.
On handling tapes
• Ñ ÊËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯ÂÓÚ
ÒËθÌ˚ı χ„ÌËÚÌ˚ı ÔÓÎÂÈ ËÎË
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË.
•Do not insert anything in the small holes on the
cassette.
•Do not open the tape protect cover or touch the
tape.
•Avoid touching or damaging the terminals. To
remove dust, clean the terminals with a soft
cloth.
éÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ Ó· ‡˘ÂÌËfl Ò ÎÂÌÚ‡ÏË
• çË˜Â„Ó Ì ‚ÚÒ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‚ χÎÂ̸ÍËÂ
ÓÚ‚Â ÒÚËfl͇̇ÒÒÂÚÂ.
• ç ÓÚÍ ˚‚‡ÈÚ Á‡˘ËÚÌÛ˛ Í ˚¯ÍÛ ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë
ÌÂÚ Ó„‡ÈÚÂÎÂÌÚÛ.
• àÁ·Â„‡ÈÚ ͇҇ÌËfl ËÎË ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚. ÑÎfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl Ô˚ÎË Ó˜Ë˘‡ÈÚÂ
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú̸͇˛.
Camcorder care
•When the camcorder is not to be used for a long
time, disconnect the power source and remove
the tape. Periodically turn on the power,
operate the camera and player sections and
play back a tape for about 3 minutes.
•Clean the lens with a soft brush to remove dust.
If there are fingerprints on the lens, remove
them with a soft cloth.
ìıÓ‰ Á‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
• äÓ„‰‡‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl‚
Ú˜ÂÌˉÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó‚ ÂÏÂÌË,ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÔËÚ‡ÌËflËÛ‰‡ÎËÚÂÎÂÌÚÛ.
è ËӉ˘ÂÒÍË ‚Íβ˜‡ÈÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ,
‡·ÓÚ‡ÈÚÂ Ò ÒÂ͈ËflÏË Í‡Ï ˚ Ë ÔÎÂÈ ‡ Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÌÚÛÔ Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 3-ı ÏËÌÛÚ.
•Clean the camcorder body with a dry soft cloth,
or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild
detergent solution. Do not use any type of
solvent which may damage the finish.
• é˜Ë˘‡ÈÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚË‚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ
ÍËÒÚÓ˜ÍˉÎflÛ‰‡ÎÂÌËfl„ flÁË. ÖÒÎË
ËϲÚÒfl ÓÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ ̇ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â,
ÚÓ Û‰‡ÎËÚ Ëı Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú͇ÌË.
• é˜Ë˘‡ÈÚ ÍÓ ÔÛÒ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÒÛıÓÈ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú͇ÌË ËÎË Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú͇ÌË,
ÒÎÂÍ„‡ ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ÓÏ ÛÏ ÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÏÓ˛˘Â„Ó Ò Â‰ÒÚ‚‡. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ͇ÍËı-
ÎË·ÓÚËÔÓ‚ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ËÚÂÎÂÈ,ÍÓÚÓ ˚ÂÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸ÓÚ‰ÂÎÍÛ.
68
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
AC power adaptor
Charging
ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇
ᇠfl‰Í‡
•Use only a lithium ion type battery pack NP-
F100/NP-F200.
•Place the battery pack on a flat surface without
vibration during charging.
•The battery pack will get hot during charging.
This is normal.
• àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÚÓÎ¸Í ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-
F100/NP-F200ÎËÚË‚Ó-ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÚËÔ‡.
• ê‡ÁÏÂÒÚËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÔÎÓÒÍÓÈ
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË ·ÂÁ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ fl‰ÍË.
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡„ ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
Others
•Unplug the unit from the mains when not in
use for a long time. To disconnect the power
cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the
cord itself.
•Do not operate the unit with a damaged cord or
if the unit has been dropped or damaged.
•Do not bend the AC power cord forcibly, or put
a heavy object on it. This will damage the cord
and may cause a fire or an electrical shock.
•Be sure that nothing metallic comes into contact
with the metal parts of the connecting plate. If
this happens, a short may occur and the unit
may be damaged.
è Ó˜ÂÂ
• éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÚ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒÂÚË,ÂÒÎËÓÌÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÂ
‚ ÂÏfl.ÑÎflÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËflÒÂÚ‚ӄÓÔ Ó‚Ó‰‡
‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚÂ Â„Ó Á‡ ‡Á˙ÂÏ. çËÍÓ„‰‡ ÌÂ
ÚflÌËÚÂÁ‡Ò‡ÏÔ Ó‚Ó‰.
• ç½ÍÒÔÎÛ‡ÚË ÛÈÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÒ
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌÌ˚ÏÔ Ó‚Ó‰ÓÏ, ËÎËÂÒΡÔÔ‡ ‡Ú
ÛԇΠËÎË ·˚Î ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ.
• çÂÒ„Ë·‡ÈÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰ÒËÎÓÈËÌÂ
ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ̇ ÌÂ„Ó ÚflÊÂÎ˚Â Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ˚. ùÚÓ
ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚÔ Ó‚Ó‰ËÏÓÊÂÚÔ Ë‚ÂÒÚËÍ
ÔÓʇ ÛËÎËÛ‰‡ Û˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÏÚÓÍÓÏ.
• ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ÌË͇ÍË ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÂ
Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ˚ÌÂÒÓÔ Ë͇҇˛ÚÒflÒ
•Always keep the metal contacts clean.
•Do not disassemble the unit.
•Do not apply mechanical shock or drop the
unit.
•While the unit is in use, particularly during
charging, keep it away from AM receivers and
video equipment because it will disturb AM
reception and video operation.
ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÏË ˜‡ÒÚflÏË ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ
Ô·ÒÚËÌ˚. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÚÒfl, ÏÓÊÂÚ
Ô ÓËÁÓÈÚËÍÓ ÓÚÍÓÂÁ‡Ï˚͇ÌËÂ,ˇÔÔ‡ ‡Ú
ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ.
• ÇÒ„‰‡ÔÓ‰‰Â ÊË‚‡ÈÚÂÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÂ
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ ‚ ˜ËÒÚÓÚÂ.
•The unit becomes warm while in use. This is
normal.
•Do not place the unit in locations that are:
– Extremely hot or cold
– Dusty or dirty
– Very humid
• ç‡Á·Ë ‡ÈÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú.
• çÂÔÓ‰‚ „‡ÈÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
‚Ë· ‡ˆËË Ë Ì ÓÌflÈÚ „Ó.
• äÓ„‰‡‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl,ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏflÁ‡ fl‰ÍË,‰Â ÊËÚ„ÓÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯ÂÓÚ
‡‰ËÓÔ ËÂÏÌËÍÓ‚Äå˂ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚,
ÔÓÚÓÏÛ ˜ÚÓ ÓÌ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡ Û¯‡Ú¸ Ô ËÂÏ Äå Ë
‡·ÓÚۂˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚.
– Vibrating
If any difficulty should arise, unplug the unit and
contact your nearest Sony dealer.
• ÄÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÚÂÔÎ˚Ï ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ fl‰ÍË. ùÚÓ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
• ç ‡ÁÏ¢‡ÈÚ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ÍÓÚÓ ˚Â:
– ó ÂÁÏ ÌÓ „Ó fl˜Ë ËÎË ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚Â
– è˚θÌ˚ ËÎË „ flÁÌ˚Â
–
é˜Â̸ ‚·ÊÌ˚Â
– èÓ‰‚ ÊÂÌ˚ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌËfl ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó
Ú Û‰ÌÓÒÚÂÈ,ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚËÓ· ‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸
Í Ç‡¯ÂÏÛ ·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂ Û Sony.
69
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Using your camcorder àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË LJ¯ÂÈ
abroad
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡ „ ‡ÌˈÂÈ
Each country has its own electric and TV colour
systems. Before using your camcorder abroad,
check the following points.
ä‡Ê‰‡fl ÒÚ ‡Ì‡ ËÏÂÂÚ Ò‚ÓË ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Â
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˝ÂÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË Ë ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl. è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ç‡¯ÂÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡ „ ‡ÌˈÂÈ Ô Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÔÛÌÍÚ˚.
Power sources
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
You can use your camcorder in any country with
the supplied AC power adaptor within 100 V to
240 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
β·ÓÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇‚Ô Â‰Â·ıÓÚ
100 Ç ‰Ó 240 Ç Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ 50/60 Ɉ.
Difference in colour systems
ê‡Á΢Ëfl ‚ ÒËÒÚÂχı ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl
This camcorder is a PAL system-based
camcorder. If you want to view the playback
picture on a TV, it must be a PAL system-based
TV.
чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒÌÓ‚‡Ì‡ ̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
PAL.ÖÒÎËÇ˚ıÓÚËÚÂÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸
‚ÓÒ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ̇ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â,
ÚÓ ˝ÚÓ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ , ÓÒÌÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È
̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏ PAL.
Check the following list.
PAL system countries
è Ó‚Â ¸Ú ÔÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÔÂ Â˜Ì˛.
Australia, Austria, Belgium, China, Denmark,
Finland, Germany, Great Britain, Holland, Hong
Kong, Italy, Kuwait, Malaysia, New Zealand,
Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, Thailand, etc.
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ PAL
Ä‚ÒÚ ‡ÎËfl, Ä‚ÒÚ Ëfl, ÅÂθ„Ëfl,
ÇÂÎËÍÓ· ËÚ‡ÌËfl, É χÌËfl, ÉÓη̉Ëfl,
ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„, чÌËfl, àÒÔ‡ÌËfl, àÚ‡ÎËfl, äËÚ‡È,
äÛ‚ÂÈÚ, å‡Î‡ÈÁËfl, çÓ‚‡fl á·̉Ëfl,
çÓ ‚„Ëfl, èÓ ÚÛ„‡ÎËfl, ëËÌ„‡ÔÛ , í‡È·̉,
îËÌÎfl̉Ëfl, ò‚ÂȈ‡ Ëfl, ò‚ˆËfl Ë Ú.‰.
PAL-M system country
Brazil
PAL-N system countries
Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay
ëÚ ‡Ì‡ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ PAL-M
Å ‡ÁËÎËfl
NTSC system countries
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ PAL-N
Ä „ÂÌÚË̇, è‡ ‡„‚‡È, ì Û„‚‡È
Bahama Islands, Bolivia, Canada, Central
America, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Jamaica,
Japan, Korea, Mexico, Peru, Surinam, Taiwan, the
Philippines, the U.S.A., Venezuela, etc.
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ NTSC
Ň„‡ÏÒÍË ÓÒÚ Ó‚‡, ÅÓÎË‚Ëfl, ÇÂÌÂÒÛ˝Î‡,
ä‡Ì‡‰‡, äÓÎÛÏ·Ëfl, äÓ Âfl, åÂÍÒË͇, è Û,
ëÛ Ë̇Ï, ëòÄ, í‡È‚‡Ì¸, ÙËÎËÔÔËÌ˚,
ñÂÌÚ ‡Î¸Ì‡fl ÄÏ Ë͇, óËÎË, ùÍ‚‡‰Ó ,
üχÈ͇, üÔÓÌËfl Ë Ú.‰.
SECAM system countries
Bulgaria, Czech Republic, France, Guiana,
Hungary, Iran, Iraq, Monaco, Poland, Russia,
Slovak Republic, Ukraine, etc.
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ SECAM
ÅÓ΄‡ Ëfl, ÇÂÌ„ Ëfl, ɇÈfl̇, à ‡Í, à ‡Ì,
åÓ̇ÍÓ, èÓθ¯‡, êÓÒÒËfl, ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍ‡fl
êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇, ìÍ ‡Ë̇, î ‡ÌˆËfl, ó¯Ò͇fl
êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇ËÚ.‰.
70
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
English
Trouble check
If you run into any problem using the camcorder, use the following table to troubleshoot the problem.
Should the difficulty persist, disconnect the power source and contact your Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service facility.
Camcorder
Power
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
The power is not on.
• The battery pack is not installed.
m Install the battery pack. (p. 10)
• The battery is dead.
m Use a charged battery pack. (p. 7)
• The AC power adaptor is not connected to mains.
m Connect the AC power adaptor to mains. (p. 25)
• If the power is still not on after you tried the corrective actions
above, press the RESET button on the back of the cassette
compartment lid using a sharp-pointed object. (If you press
the RESET button, all the settings including the date and time
return to the default.) (p. 82)
The power goes off.
• While being operated in CAMERA mode, the camcorder has
been in Standby mode for more than 5 minutes.
m Set the POWER switch to OFF, then to CAMERA. (p. 13)
• The battery is dead.
m Use a charged battery pack. (p. 7)
The battery pack is quickly discharged.
• The ambient temperature is too low. (p. 62)
• The battery pack has not been charged fully.
m Charge the battery pack again. (p. 7)
• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged.
m Use another battery pack. (p. 25)
The battery pack cannot be installed.
• Only an NP-F100/NP-F200 battery pack can be used.
Operation
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
START/STOP does not operate.
• The tape is stuck to the drum.
m Eject the tape. (p. 11)
• The tape has run out.
m Rewind the tape or use a new one. (p. 21)
• The POWER switch is set to PLAYER.
m Set it to CAMERA. (p. 12)
• The tab on the cassette is out (red).
m Use a new tape or slide the tab. (p. 11)
• The battery is dead.
m Use a charged battery pack or the AC power adaptor.
(p. 7, 25)
The cassette cannot be removed from
the holder.
{ and 6 indicators flash and no function • Moisture condensation has occurred.
except for cassette ejection works.
m Remove the cassette and leave the camcorder for at least 1
hour. (p. 66)
“CLOCK SET” appears when the
camcorder is turned on.
• Reset the date and time. (p. 58)
Continued to the next page
71
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Trouble check
Operation
Cause and/or corrective actions
Symptom
• The cassette was ejected after you recorded on it.
m The End Search function will not activate until you
make a new recording after reinserting the cassette.
The End Search function does not
activate.
• The POWER switch is set to CAMERA or OFF.
m Set it to PLAYER. (p. 21)
The tape does not move when a tape
transport button is pressed.
• The tape has run out.
m Rewind the tape or use a new one. (p. 21)
• The volume is turned to the minimum.
m Open the LCD panel and press VOLUME +. (p. 21)
No sound or only a low sound is heard
when playing back a tape.
• S SHOT is set to OFF in the menu system.
m Set it to ON. (p. 38)
The SteadyShot function does not activate.
Recording stops at once.
• The POWER switch is set to PHOTO.
m Set it to CAMERA.
• The START/STOP MODE switch is set to 5SEC or
m Set it to . (p. 18)
.
Recording stops in a few seconds.
The autofocus function does not activate.
• Focus is set to the manual mode.
m Set it to autofocus. (p. 43)
• Shooting conditions are not suitable for autofocus.
m Set focus to manual mode to focus manually. (p. 43)
The fader function does not work.
• The START/STOP MODE switch is set to 5SEC or
m Set it to . (p. 18)
.
Picture
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
The image on the viewfinder screen is not
clear.
• The viewfinder lens is not adjusted.
m Adjust the viewfinder lens. (p. 13)
A vertical band appears when a subject
such as lights or a candle flame is shot
against a dark background.
• The contrast between the subject and background is too
high. The camcorder is not malfunctioning.
m Change locations.
The picture is “noisy" or does not appear.
• The video heads may be dirty.
m Clean the heads using the Sony DVM12CL (not
supplied) cleaning cassette. (p. 67)
v indicator flashes on the LCD screen or
in the viewfinder.
• The video heads may be dirty.
m Clean the heads using the Sony DVM12CL (not
supplied) cleaning cassette. (p. 67)
The picture is too bright or too dark.
• LCD BRIGHT is not adjusted properly.
m Press + or – to obtain the brightness you want. (p. 16)
A vertical band appears when shooting a
very bright subject.
• The camcorder is not malfunctioning.
The picture does not appear in the
viewfinder.
• The LCD panel is open.
m Close the LCD panel.
The picture does not appear on the LCD
screen or in the viewfinder.
• Incorporated fluorescent tube is worn out.
m Please contact your nearest Sony dealer.
72
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Picture
Cause and/or corrective actions
Symptom
• Remove the DV connecting cable, and connect it
again.
While editing using the DV connecting
cable, recording picture cannot be
monitored.
Others
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
The camcorder becomes warm.
• If the power of the cammcorder is on for a long time,
it becomes warm, which is not mulfunction.
The supplied Remote Commander does
not work.
• COMMANDER is set to OFF in the menu system.
m Set it to VTR4 or ID. (p. 86)
• Something is blocking the infrared rays.
m Remove the obstacle.
• The battery is not inserted with the correct polarity.
m Insert the battery with the correct polarity. (p. 86)
• The batteries are dead.
m Insert new ones. (p. 86)
The CHARGE lamp flashes after you
charge the battery pack installed in the
camcorder.
• The camcorder is not malfunctioning.
No function works though the power is
on.
• Disconnect the connection plug on the battery pack or
on the AC power adaptor, then reconnect it in about 1
minute. Turn the power on. If the functions still do
not work, press the RESET button on the back of the
cassette compatment lid using a sharp-pointed object.
(If you press the RESET button, all the settings
including the date and time return to the default.)
(p. 82)
AC power adaptor
Corrective actions
Symptom
• Disconnect the mains lead. After about 1 minute,
reconnect the mains lead. (p. 7)
The VTR/CAMERA or CHARGE lamp
does not light.
• See the chart on the next page.
The CHARGE lamp flashes.
73
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Trouble check
When the CHARGE lamp flashes
Check through the following chart.
Remove the battery pack from the AC
power adaptor. Then install the same
battery pack again.
When the CHARGE lamp flashes
again
Install another battery pack.
When the CHARGE lamp does not
flash again
If the CHARGE lamp lights up and
goes out after a while, there is no
problem. *
When the CHARGE lamp flashes
again
When the CHARGE lamp does not
flash again
The problem is with the AC power
adaptor.
If the CHARGE lamp lights up and
goes out after a while, the problem is
with the battery pack installed first.
Please contact your nearest Sony dealer
in connection with the product with the
problem.
* If you use a battery pack which you have just bought or which has been left unused for a long time, the CHARGE
lamp may flash at the first charging. This does not indicate a problem. Repeat again to charge with same battery
pack.
74
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
ÖÒÎË Û Ç‡Ò ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ͇͇fl-ÎË·Ó Ô Ó·ÎÂχ Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚, ‚ÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ú‡·ÎˈÂÈ ‰Îfl ÓÚ˚Ò͇ÌËfl Ë ÛÒÚ ‡ÌÂÌËfl Ô Ó·ÎÂÏ˚.
ÖÒÎËÚ Û‰ÌÓÒÚË‚Ò¢ÂÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒfl,ÚÓÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÔËÚ‡ÌËflËÓ· ‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ÍLJ¯ÂÏÛ
‰ËÎÂ Û Sony ËÎË Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÌÓ ÛÔÓÎÌÓÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÂ Ô Â‰Ô ËflÚË ÔÓ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡Ì˲ Sony.
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
èËÚ‡ÌËÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ç ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ.
•
•
•
ç ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 10)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÎÒfl.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)
ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇ÌÂÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÍ
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË.
m èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇Í
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË.(ÒÚ .25)
•
ÖÒÎË ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‚Ò ¢ Ì ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í Ç˚
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÎË ‚˚¯ÂÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET ̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÂ Í ˚¯ÍË
͇ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„ÓÓÚÒÂ͇ÒËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏÓÒÚ ÓÍÓ̘ÌÓ„Ó
Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ‡. (ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET, ‚ÒÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË, ‚Íβ˜‡fl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË,
‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl‚ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÂÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ.)(ÒÚ .82)
èËÚ‡ÌË ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
•
•
è Ë ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ CAMERA ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıӉ˷Ҹ
‚ ÂÊËÏÂ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË ·ÓÎÂÂ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA. (ÒÚ . 13)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÎÒfl.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·˚ÒÚ Ó
‡Á flʇÂÚÒfl.
•
•
•
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ ÓÍ Ûʇ˛˘ÂÈ Ò Â‰˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÌËÁ͇fl. (ÒÚ .
62)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·˚Î Á‡ flÊÂÌ Ì ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
m ëÌÓ‚‡ Á‡ fl‰ËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÎÒfl Ë Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ Ô ÂÁ‡ flÊÂÌ.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ‰ Û„ÓÈ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È·ÎÓÍ.(ÒÚ .25)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ.
•
åÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÓθÍÓ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F100/
NP-F200.
ꇷÓÚ‡
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ç ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË ÛÂÚ START/STOP.
•
ãÂÌÚ‡ Ô ËÎËÔ· Í ·‡ ‡·‡ÌÛ.
m Ç˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚÂ ÎÂÌÚÛ. (ÒÚ . 11)
ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓ̘Ë·Ҹ.
•
m è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚÂÎÂÌÚÛ̇Á‡‰ËÎËËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÌÓ‚Û˛.(ÒÚ .
21)
•
•
Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË PLAYER.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA. (ÒÚ . 12)
ãÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ(Í ‡Ò̇flÏÂÚ͇).
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ ËÎË Ô ‰‚Ë̸Ú ÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ.
(ÒÚ .11)
ä‡ÒÒÂÚ‡ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÌÛÚ‡ ËÁ
‰Â ʇÚÂÎfl.
•
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌ
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ËÎË
ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.(ÒÚ .7,25)
75
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl̇ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
ꇷÓÚ‡
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
åË„‡˛Ú Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ { Ë 6, Ë ÌË͇ÍËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË, Á‡ ËÒÍβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ
‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚, Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú.
•
è ÓËÁӯ· ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë.
m 쉇ÎËÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÛËÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÔÓ
ÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ Ï  ̇ 1 ˜‡Ò. (ÒÚ . 66)
èÓÒΠ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl “CLOCK SET”.
•
•
ëÌÓ‚‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl. (ÒÚ . 58)
ç‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË ÛÂÚÒflÙÛÌ͈ËflÔÓËÒ͇
ÍÓ̈‡.
ä‡ÒÒÂÚ‡ ·˚· ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌÛÚ‡ ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
m îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ÍÓ̈‡ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl
‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ç˚ Ì ҉·ÂÚ ÌÓ‚Û˛ Á‡ÔËÒ¸
ÔÓÒΠ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚.
ãÂÌÚ‡ Ì Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl Ô Ë Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË
ÍÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚.
•
•
Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
CAMERA ËÎË OFF.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË PLAYER. (ÒÚ . 21)
ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓ̘Ë·Ҹ.
m è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚÂÎÂÌÚÛ̇Á‡‰ËÎËËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
ÌÓ‚Û˛. (ÒÚ . 21)
çÂÚ Á‚Û͇ ËÎË ÚÓθÍÓ ÌËÁÍËÈ Á‚ÛÍ
ÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ Ô Ë ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÎÂÌÚ˚.
•
•
•
•
•
É ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ‚ ÏËÌËχθÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ.
m éÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇ̇θ ÜäÑ Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ VOLUME+.
(ÒÚ .21)
ç‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË ÛÂÚÒflÙÛÌ͈ËflÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl S SHOT ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ OFF ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
Ï Â Ì ˛ .
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ ̇ ON. (ÒÚ . 38)
á‡ÔËÒ¸Ò ‡ÁÛÊÂÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl.
Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
PHOTO.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl˜Â ÂÁ
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÒÂÍÛ̉.
è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP MODE ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË 5SEC ËÎË
.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË . (ÒÚ . 18)
ç ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË ÛÂÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË.
îÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ Û˜ÌÓÈ ÂÊËÏ.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÂÊËÏ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË.
(ëÚ . 43)
•
ìÒÎÓ‚Ëfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰flÚ ‰Îfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ Ì‡ Û˜ÌÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ‰Îfl
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Û˜ÌÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË. (ÒÚ . 43)
îÛÌ͈Ëfl Ô·‚ÌÓ„Ó ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.
•
è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP MODE ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË 5SEC ËÎË
.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË . (ÒÚ . 18)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ç˜ÂÚÍÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
•
ç ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ì Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
m éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂÓ·˙ÂÍÚË‚‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.(ÒÚ .13)
Ç ÚË͇θ̇fl ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl, ÂÒÎË
Ú‡ÍË ӷ˙ÂÍÚ˚, Í‡Í ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ËÎË
Ô·Ïfl ҂˜Ë, ÒËÌχ˛ÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ.
•
ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚ ‡ÒÚ ÏÂÊ‰Û Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓÏ Ë
ÙÓÌÓÏ. ä‡Ï ‡ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÈ.
m àÁÏÂÌËÚ ÔÓÁËˆË˛ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË “Á‡¯ÛÏÎÂÌÓ” ËÎË ÌÂ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl.
•
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË.
m é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ Sony DVM12CL. (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)(ÒÚ .67)
76
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ v ÏË„‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË
‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
•
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË.
m é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ Sony DVM12CL (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).(ÒÚ .67)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌÓÂ.
•
îÛÌ͈Ëfl LCD BRIGHT ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ì‡ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
m ç‡ÊÏËÚ + ËÎË – ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl Ê·ÂÏÓÈ
fl ÍÓÒÚË.(ÒÚ .16)
Ç ÚË͇θ̇flÔÓÎÓÒ‡ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒflÔ Ë
Ò˙ÂÏÍ ӘÂ̸ fl ÍÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡.
•
•
•
•
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÈ.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
éÚÍ ˚Ú‡ Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
m á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ.
ÇÒÚ ÓÂÌ̇fl βÏËÌÂÒˆÂÌÚ̇fl ·ÏÔ‡ ‚˚¯Î‡ ËÁ ÒÚ Ófl.
m ë‚flÊËÚÂÒ¸ Ò Ç‡¯ËÏ ·ÎËʇȯËÏ ‰ËΠÓÏ Sony.
ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ÏÓÌڇʇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„ÓˆË٠ӂӄӂˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl
Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚ȈËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂθËÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ„ÓÒÌÓ‚‡.
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
è Ó˜ÂÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒflÚÂÔÎÓÈ.
•
ÖÒÎË ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‚ˉÂ͇Ï ˚ ·˚ÎÓ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌËÂ
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„ÓÔ ËÓ‰‡‚ ÂÏÂÌËÓ̇ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒflÚÂÔÎÓÈ,
ÌÓ ˝ÚÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
ç ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‚ÎÂÌËfl.
•
îÛÌ͈Ëfl COMMANDER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ OFF ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ ̇ VTR4 ËÎË ID. (ÒÚ . 86)
óÚÓ-ÚÓ Á‡Í ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÔÛÚ¸ ËÌÙ ‡Í ‡ÒÌ˚ı ÎÛ˜ÂÈ.
m 쉇ÎËÚÂÔ ÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.
Ňڇ ÂÈ͇ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇ Ò ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ÔÓÎfl ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
m ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ Ò Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ
ÔÓÎfl ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. (ÒÚ . 86)
•
•
•
•
Ňڇ ÂÈÍË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌ˚.
m ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÌÓ‚˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË. (ÒÚ . 86)
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ fl‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡-
ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÈ.
çË͇ÍË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú,
ÌÂÒÏÓÚ fl̇ÚÓ,˜ÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ
‚ Í Î ˛ ˜ Â Ì Ó .
•
éÚÍβ˜ËÚ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ËÎË ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚÂ Â„Ó ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ˜Â ÂÁ 1
ÏËÌÛÚÛ. ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚Ò ¢ ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET ̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÂ
Í ˚¯ÍË Í‡ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Á‡ÓÒÚ ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ‡. (ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
RESET, ‚Ò ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË, ‚Íβ˜‡fl ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl,
‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl‚ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÂÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ.)(ÒÚ . 82)
ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇
è ËÁ̇Í
ÑÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ VTR/CAMERA ËÎË CHARGE
ÌÂ„Ó ËÚ.
•
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰.è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌӘ ÂÁ
1ÏËÌÛÚÛÒÌÓ‚‡ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰.(ÒÚ .7)
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ.
•
ëÏÓÚ ËÚ ÒıÂÏÛ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ.
77
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
äÓ„‰‡ ÏË„‡ÂÚ Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE
è Ó‚Â ¸Ú ÔÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒıÂÏÂ.
ëÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò
ÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÓÔflÚ¸
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Óθ¯Â
Ì ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ‰ Û„ÓÈ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ.
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE Á‡„Ó ËÚÒfl Ë
ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂژ ÂÁÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó‚ ÂÏfl,ÚÓ
Ô Ó·ÎÂÏ˚ ·Óθ¯Â ÌÂÚ.*
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Óθ¯Â
Ì ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÓÔflÚ¸
àÏÂÂÚÒflÔ Ó·ÎÂχÛÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE Á‡„Ó ËÚÒfl
ËÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂژ ÂÁÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó‚ ÂÏfl,
ÚÓÔ Ó·ÎÂχËÏÂÂÚÒflÛ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ·˚Î ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‰Ó
˝ÚÓ„Ó.
é· ‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸, ÔÓʇÎÛÈÒÚ‡, Í Ç‡¯ÂÏÛ
·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂ Û Sony ‚ Ò‚flÁË Ò
Ëϲ˘ÂÈÒfl Ô Ó·ÎÂÏÓÈ.
* ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È Ç˚ ÚÓθÍÓ ˜ÚÓ ÍÛÔËÎË, ËÎË ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ·˚Î ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ·ÂÁ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl, ÚÓ Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏÓÊÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ô Ë Ô ‚ÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍÂ. ùÚÓ ÌÂ
Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ̇΢ËÂ Ô Ó·ÎÂÏ˚. ëÌÓ‚‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚ Á‡ fl‰ÍÛ Ò ÚÂÏ Ê ҇Ï˚Ï ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ.
78
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
English
Specifications
Input and output
Video camera
recorder
AC power adaptor
connectors
S video output
4-pin mini DIN
Power requirements
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
25 W
Output voltage
DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.8 A in operating
mode
Battery charge terminal: 8.4 V, 1.4 A
in charge mode
Application
Sony battery pack NP-F100, NP-
F200 lithium ion type
Operating temperature
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to 60°C (–4°F to 140°F)
Dimensions (Approx.)
57 x 44 x 107 mm (w/h/d)
Mass (Approx.)
System
Video recording system
Two rotary heads, Helical scanning
system
Audio recording system
Rotary heads, PCM system
Video signal
PAL colour, CCIR standards
Usable cassette
Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω,
unbalanced, sync negative
Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p,
75 Ω, unbalanced
Audio/Video output/Headphones
jack
Special minijack, 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω,
unbalanced, sync negative
327 mV, (at output impedance
more than 47 kΩ)
Output impedance with less than
2.2 kΩ/Stereo minijack (ø 3.5 mm)
DV output
Mini DV cassette with logo printed
Tape speed
SP: Approx. 18.83 mm/s
LP: Approx. 12.57 mm/s
Recording/playback time
SP mode: 1 hour (DVM60)
LP mode: 1.5 hours (DVM60)
Fastforward/rewind time
Approx. 2 min. 30 s (DVM60) (using
with battery pack)
4-pin special connector
Speaker
Piezo-electric-speaker
Connection
26-pin connector
190 g
Approx. 1 min. 45 s (DVM60) (using
with AC power adaptor)
Image device
CCD (Charge Coupled Device 1/3”)
Viewfinder
Electric viewfinder (colour)
Lens
Combined power zoom lens, 20x
(Digital), 10x (Optical)
Focal distance
f = 4.0 to 40 mm
38 to 380 mm when converted into a
35 mm still camera)
F 1.8 – 2.6
TTL autofocus system inner focus
wide macro system
Colour temperature
Auto
Minimum illumination
3 lux at F 1.8
Illumination range
3 to 100,000 lux
Recommended illumination
More than 100 lux
General
Design and specifications are
subject to change without notice.
Power requirements
7.2 V (battery insertion input)
8.4 V (26-pin connector)
Average power consumption
5.0 W during camera recording
using viewfinder
6.0 W during camera recording
using LCD screen
Operating temperature
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to 60°C (–4°F to 140°F)
Dimensions
Approx. 59 x 129 x 118 mm
(w/h/d)
Mass
Approx. 500 g excluding the battery
pack, lithium battery and cassette
Approx. 620 g including the battery
pack NP-F100, lithium battery and
cassette DVM60
Microphone
Electret condenser microphone,
Stereo type
LCD screen
Picture
2.5 inches measured diagonally
50.05 x 37.1 mm
Supplied accessories
See page 6.
On-screen display
TN LCD/TFT active matrix method
Total dot number
84,480 (384 x 220)
79
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡ ‡ÍÚ ËÒÚËÍË
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ ı ‡ÌÂÌËfl
éÚ–20°ë‰Ó60°ë(ÓÚ–4°F‰Ó
140°F)
ê‡ÁÏ ˚
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 59 × 129 × 118 ÏÏ (¯/‚/„)
å‡ÒÒ‡
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 500 „, Ì ‚Íβ˜‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇, ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË Ë Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 620 „, ‚Íβ˜‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F100,
ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ, ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ
DVM 60
ùÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
2,5 ‰˛Èχ ÔÓ ‰Ë‡„Ó̇ÎË
ëËÒÚÂχ
50,05 × 37,1 ÏÏ
ëËÒÚÂχ‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒË
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚È ˝Í ‡Ì
Ñ‚Â ‚ ‡˘‡˛˘ËÂÒfl „ÓÎÓ‚ÍË,
ÄÍÚË‚ÌÓ-Ï‡Ú Ë˜Ì‡fl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl
ÒËÒÚÂχ ̇ÍÎÓÌÌÓÈ
TN LCD/TFT (ÜäÑ/
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ‡Á‚ ÚÍË
ÚÓÌÍÓÔÎÂÌÓ˜Ì˚È Ú ‡ÌÁËÒÚÓ )
ëËÒÚÂχ‡Û‰ËÓÁ‡ÔËÒË
鷢 ˜ËÒÎÓ ˝ÂÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚
Ç ‡˘‡˛˘ËÂÒfl „ÓÎÓ‚ÍË, ÒËÒÚÂχ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
à ä å
ÇˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î
ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈÒ˄̇ÎPAL, Òڇ̉‡ Ú
CCIR
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
ä‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ mini DV Ò
̇Ô˜‡Ú‡ÌÌ˚Ï ÙË ÏÂÌÌ˚Ï
Á̇ÍÓÏ
84 480 (384 × 220)
ÇıÓ‰Ì˚Â Ë ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚Â
„ÌÂÁ‰‡
Ç˚ıÓ‰ S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇·
4-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚Ó ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó ÔÓ
DIN
ë˄̇Πfl ÍÓÒÚË: 1 Ç ÔÓ ‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ
‡ÏÔÎËÚÛ‰Â, 75 éÏ,
ÌÂÒËÏÏ ˘Ì˚È, Ò
ÓÚ Ëˆ‡ÚÂθÌÓÈÒËÌı ÓÌËÁ‡ˆËÂÈ
ë˄̇Πˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË: 0,3 Ç ÔÓ
‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ ‡ÏÔÎËÚÛ‰Â, 75 éÏ,
ÌÂÒËÏÏÂÚ Ë˜Ì˚È
Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ/„ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
ÚÂ ÂÙÓÌÓ‚
ëÔˆˇθÌÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó, 1 Ç ÔÓ
‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ ‡ÏÔÎËÚÛ‰Â, 75 éÏ,
ÌÂÒËÏÏÂÚ Ë˜ÌÓÂ, Ò
ÓÚ Ëˆ‡ÚÂθÌÓÈÒËÌı ÓÌËÁ‡ˆËÂÈ
327 ÏÇ, (Ô Ë ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏ ÔÓÎÌÓÏ
ÒÓÔ ÓÚË‚ÎÂÌËË ·ÓΠ47 ÍéÏ)
Ç˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÂÔÓÎÌÓÂÒÓÔ ÓÚË‚ÎÂÌËÂ
ÏÂÌ 2,2 ÍéÏ/
ÒÚ ÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÂÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó( ø
3,5 ÏÏ)
ñËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰
4-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚Ó ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÂ
„ÌÂÁ‰Ó
åËÍ ÓÙÓÌ
ùÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÈ ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ÚÓ Ì˚È
ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ,ÒÚ ÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
ÚËÔ‡
è Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚Â Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
ëÏ. ÒÚ . 6.
ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚
êÂÊËÏ SP: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ. 18,83 ÏÏ/Ò
êÂÊËÏ LP: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ. 12,57 ÏÏ/Ò
Ç ÂÏflÁ‡ÔËÒË/
ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂ
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
êÂÊËÏ SP: 1 ˜‡Ò (DVM 60)
êÂÊËÏ LP: 1,5 ˜‡Ò‡ (DVM 60)
Ç ÂÏfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÂ ÂÏÓÚÍË
‚Ô ‰/̇Á‡‰
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 2 ÏËÌ. 30 Ò (DVM 60)
(Ô ËËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇)
è Ë·ÎËÁ 1 ÏËÌ. 45 Ò. (DVM 60)
(Ô ËËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËËÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ‡)
îÓ ÏË Ó‚‡ÚÂθ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
CCD(è Ë·Ó ÒÁ‡ fl‰Ó‚ÓÈ
Ò ‚ fl Á ¸ ˛ )
í ·ӂ‡ÌËfl
Í
ÔËÚ‡Ì˲
100 – 240 Ç Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, 50/60 Ɉ
èÓÚ Â·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
25ÇÚ
Ç˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÂ Ì‡Ô flÊÂÌËÂ
DC OUT: 8,4 Ç, 1,8 Ä ‚ ‡·Ó˜ÂÏ
ÂÊËÏÂ
Ç˚ıÓ‰‰ÎflÁ‡ fl‰ÍË·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇: 8,4 Ç, 1,4 Ä ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
Á‡ fl‰ÍË
è ËÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
ñ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÈ
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚ ·ÎÓÍË Sony NP-
F100/NP-F200, ÎËÚË‚Ó-ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÚËÔ‡
ꇷӘ‡fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
éÚ 0°ë ‰Ó 40°ë (ÓÚ 32°F ‰Ó 104°F)
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ ı ‡ÌÂÌËfl
éÚ–20°ë‰Ó60°ë(ÓÚ–4°F‰Ó
140°F)
é ·˙ Â Í Ú Ë ‚
É ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂθ
è¸ÂÁÓ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÈ
„ ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂθ
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ
26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ
äÓÏ·ËÌË Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚È Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ Ò
Ô Ë‚Ó‰Ì˚Ï Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ÓÏ,
20ı (ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ), 10ı (ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍËÈ)
îÓÍÛÒÌÓ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ
f = 4,0 – 40 ÏÏ
(38 – 380 ÏÏ Ô Ë Ô ÂÓ· ‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
‚ 35 ÏÏ ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰ )
F = 1,8 – 2,6
ê‡ÁÏ ˚ (Ô Ë·ÎËÁ.)
57 × 44 × 107 ÏÏ (¯/‚/„)
å‡ÒÒ‡ (Ô Ë·ÎËÁ.)
é ·˘ Â Â
í ·ӂ‡ÌËfl
Í
ÔËÚ‡Ì˲
190 „
òË Ó͇fl Ï‡Í ÓÒËÒÚÂχ
‚ÌÛÚ ÂÌÌÂÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ò
ÒËÒÚÂÏÓȇ‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ˜Â ÂÁ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚
ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚‡fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
Ä‚ÚÓ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡ÌËÂ
7,2 Ç (‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ)
8,4 Ç (26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ)
ë ‰Ìflfl ÔÓÚ Â·ÎflÂχfl
ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
äÓÌÒÚ Û͈Ëfl Ë ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÂ
ı‡ ‡ÍÚ ËÒÚËÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ·ÂÁ ۂ‰ÓÏÎÂÌËfl.
åËÌËχθ̇fl ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸
3 ÎÍ Ô Ë F = 1,8
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚË
éÚ 3 ÎÍ ‰Ó 100 000 ÎÍ
êÂÍÓÏẨÛÂχfl ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸
ÅÓÎÂÂ 100 ÎÍ
5,0 ÇÚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
6,0 ÇÚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
ꇷӘ‡fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
éÚ 0°ë ‰Ó 40°ë (ÓÚ 32°F ‰Ó 104°F)
80
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
8
1
2
9
!º
!¡
!™
!£
3
4
5
6
7
1 Lens cap (p. 12)
1 ä ˚¯Í‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ (ÒÚ . 12)
2 ùÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ (ÒÚ . 16)
2 LCD screen (p. 16)
3 è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP MODE
3 START/STOP MODE swtich (p. 18, 33)
4 CHARGE lamp (p. 7, 26)
(ÒÚ .18,33)
4 ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE (ÒÚ . 7, 26)
5 Battery terminal cover (p. 10)
5
ä ˚¯Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚
ëÌËÏËÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
(ÒÚ . 10)
Remove the cover to install the battery back.
6 AE LOCK button (p. 46)
7 FADER button (p. 34)
8 Built-in microphone
9 Accessory shoe (p. 18)
0 Eyecup (p. 20)
6 äÌÓÔ͇ AE LOCK (ÒÚ . 46)
7 äÌÓÔ͇ FADER (ÒÚ . 34)
8 ÇÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ
9 Ç˚‚Ó‰ ‰Îfl ‚ÒÔÓÏÓ„‡ÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
Ó·Ó Û‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl (ÒÚ .18)
0 éÍÛÎfl (ÒÚ . 20)
!¡ Viewfinder (p. 89)
!¡ ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ(ÒÚ .89)
!™ Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER (ÒÚ . 12, 21)
!™ POWER switch (p. 12, 21)
!£ Tape transport buttons (p. 21)
p STOP (stop)
!£ äÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 21)
p STOP (ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚)
0 REW (rewind)
· PLAY (playback)
) FF (fastforward)
P PAUSE (pause)
0REW (Ô ÂÏÓÚ͇ ̇Á‡‰)
·PLAY(‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ)
)FF (Ô ÂÏÓÚ͇ ‚Ô ‰)
PPAUSE (Ô‡ÛÁ‡)
81
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
!¢
!∞
!§
!¶
!¢ Cassette compartment (p. 11)
!∞ 6 EJECT button (p. 11)
!¢ ä‡ÒÒÂÚÌ˚ÈÓÚÒÂÍ (ÒÚ . 11)
!∞ äÌÓÔ͇ 6 EJECT (ÒÚ . 11)
!§ ä ˚¯Í‡ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ (ÒÚ . 11)
!¶ äÌÓÔ͇ RESET (ÒÚ . 75)
!§ Cassette compartment lid (p. 11)
!¶ RESET button (p. 71)
82
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
@∞
@§
@¶
@•
@ª
#º
#¡
!•
!ª
@º
@¡
@™
@£
@¢
!• LCD BRIGHT button (p. 16, 21)
!ª VOLUME button (p. 21)
@º Speaker
!• äÌÓÔ͇ LCD BRIGHT (ÒÚ . 16, 21)
!ª äÌÓÔ͇ VOLUME (ÒÚ . 21)
@º É ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂθ
@¡ DISPLAY botton (p. 21)
@™ 26-pin connector (p. 25)
@£ S VIDEO jack (p. 47, 53)
@¡ äÌÓÔ͇ DISPLAY (ÒÚ . 21)
@™ 26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ ( . 25)
@£ ÉÌÂÁ‰ÓSVIDEO(ÒÚ .47,53)
@¢ AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 (headphones) jack
@¢ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 („ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
(p. 22, 47, 53)
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚) (ÒÚ . 22, 47, 53)
@∞ END SEARCH button (p. 24)
@§ MENU button (p. 28)
@∞ äÌÓÔ͇ END SEARCH (ÒÚ . 24)
@§ äÌÓÔ͇ MENU (ÒÚ . 28)
@¶ äÌÓÔÍË v/V (ÒÚ . 28)
@¶ V/v buttons (p. 28)
@• äÌÓÔ͇ START/STOP (ÒÚ . 12)
@ª äÌÓÔ͇ EXECUTE (ÒÚ . 28)
@• START/STOP button (p. 12)
@ª EXECUTE button (p. 28)
#º è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ BATT (·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
#º BATT(battery) LOCK/RELEASE switch (p. 10)
#¡ Tripod receptacle (p. 20)
·ÎÓ͇) LOCK/RELEASE (ÒÚ . 10)
#¡ Ñ ʇÚÂθ Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë (ÒÚ . 20)
83
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
#™
#£
#∞
#§
#¶
#•
#ª
$º
#¢
#™ Viewfinder lens adjustment dial (p. 13)
#£ Zoom switch (p. 15)
#¢ Grip strap (p. 19)
#™ ÑËÒÍ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl(ÒÚ .13)
#£ è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡
(ÒÚ . 15)
#¢ êÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ Á‡ı‚‡Ú (ÒÚ . 19)
#∞ FOCUS/(INFINITY) button (p. 43)
#§ Focus ring (p. 43)
#∞ äÌÓÔ͇ FOCUS/(INFINITY) (ÒÚ . 43)
#§ äÓθˆÓ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË (ÒÚ . 43)
#¶ é ·˙ Â Í Ú Ë ‚
#¶ Lens
#• Recording lamp (p. 12)
#• ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË (ÒÚ . 12)
#ª Remote sensor
Aim the Remote Commander here for remote
control.
#ª ÑËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ
燈ÂθÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ò˛‰‡ ‰Îfl ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎÂÌËfl
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÍÓÌÚ ÓÎfl.
$º DV OUT jack (p. 52)
$º ÉÌÂÁ‰ÓDVOUT(ÒÚ .52)
84
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Remote Commander
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
The buttons that have the same name on the
Remote Commander as on the camcorder
function identically.
äÌÓÔÍË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‚ÎÂÌËfl,
ÍÓÚÓ ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú Ó‰Ë̇ÍÓ‚˚ ̇ËÏÂÌÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ò
ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â, ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË Û˛Ú
ˉÂÌÚ˘ÌÓ.
1
2
3
4
5
9
!º
!¡
!™
6
7
8
1 PHOTO button (p. 36)
1 äÌÓÔ͇ PHOTO (ÒÚ . 36)
2 äÌÓÔ͇ DISPLAY (ÒÚ . 21)
2 DISPLAY button (p. 21)
3 äÌÓÔ͇ SEARCH MODE (ÒÚ . 51)
4 äÌÓÔÍË =/+ (ÒÚ . 51)
3 SEARCH MODE button (p. 51)
4 =/+ buttons (p. 51)
5 äÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 21)
6 äÌÓÔ͇ AUDIO DUB (ÒÚ . 56)
7 äÌÓÔ͇ DATA CODE (ÒÚ . 49)
5 Tape transport buttons (p. 21)
6 AUDIO DUB button (p.56)
7 DATA CODE button (p. 49)
8 Power zoom button (p. 15)
9 ZERO SET MEMORY button (p. 50)
8 äÌÓÔ͇ Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡
(ÒÚ .15)
9 äÌÓÔ͇ ZERO SET MEMORY (ÒÚ . 50)
0 è ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ
燈ÂθÚ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
‰‡Ú˜Ë͇ ‰Îfl ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
ÔÓÒΠ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl.
!º Transmitter
Point toward the remote sensor to control the
camcorder after turning on the camcorder.
!¡ ëÂÎÂÍÚÓ VTR4/ID/VTR2 (ÒÚ . 87)
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ VTR4 ËÎË ID
!¡ VTR4/ID/VTR2 selector (p. 87)
Select VTR4 or ID, the same setting as
COMMANDER in the menu system. Select
VTR2 when using with 8mm camcorder.
Ó‰Ë̇ÍÓ‚Û˛ Ò ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÓÈ COMMANDER ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛. Ç˚·Â ËÚ VTR2 ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ò 8ÏÏ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ.
!™START/STOP button (p. 12)
!™ äÌÓÔ͇ START/STOP (ÒÚ . 12)
85
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Identifying the Parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
To prepare the Remote Commander
To use the Remote Commander, you must insert
two R6 (size AA) batteries. Use the supplied R6
(size AA) batteries.
(1) Remove the battery cover from the Remote
Commander.
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰„ÓÚÓ‚ÍË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸ ‰‚Â
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍËR6( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏÄÄ).àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ).
(1)ëÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÛ˛ Í ˚¯ÍÛ Ò ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
(2) Insert both of the R6 (size AA) batteries with
correct polarity.
(3) Put the battery cover back onto the Remote
Commander.
(2)ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ӷ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ)
Ò Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ÔÓÎfl ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
(3)é· ‡ÚÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÛ˛ Í ˚¯ÍÛ
̇ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
1
2
3
Note on battery life
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ò ÓÍÛ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÂÍ
Ňڇ ÂÂ͉ÎflÔÛθڇ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ı‚‡Ú‡ÂÚ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 6
ÏÂÒflˆÂ‚ Ô Ë ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË.äÓ„‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍËÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ
Ò··˚ÏË ËÎË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰flÚÒfl, ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËflÌ·ۉÂÚ
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.
The batteries for the Remote Commander last
about 6 months under normal operation. When
the batteries become weak or dead, the Remote
Commander does not work.
To avoid damage from possible battery
leakage
Remove the batteries when you will not use the
Remote Commander for a long time.
ÇÓ ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ËÁ-Á‡
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÈ ÛÚ˜ÍË ËÁ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÂÍ.
쉇ÎËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ÔÛθډËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
To use the Remote Commander
Make sure that the COMMANDER is set to VTR4
or ID in the menu system on the camcorder.
ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl COMMANDER
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ VTR4 ËÎË ID ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
MENU
COMMANDER VTR4
OFF
ID
ID SET
[MENU]:END
86
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
About the ID of the Remote
Commander
é· Ë‰ÂÌÚËÙË͇ˆËË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁ·Âʇڸ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚
ËÁ-Á‡Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ÓÚ‰ Û„ËıÔÛθÚÓ‚‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌ-
ÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËflÔÛÚÂÏÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍËÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ ‡
VTR4/ID/VTR2 ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË ID. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓÒΠÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÍË ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ ‡ ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË ID. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ Ô ‚˚È
‡Á.Á‡ „ËÒÚ Ë ÛÈÚÂIDÔoÌËÊeÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ
Ô ÓˆÂ‰Û Â.èÓÒΠ„ËÒÚ ‡ˆËËIDLJÏÌÂ
ÌÛÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‰Â·ڸ ˝ÚÓ ÒÌÓ‚‡.
(1)éÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ V ËÎË v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
COMMANDER, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EXECUTE.
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ v ID SET.
You can avoid misoperation from other remote
commanders by setting the VTR4/ID/VTR2
selector to ID. Use the supplied Remote
Commander when you set the selector to ID.
When you use the Remote Commander for the
first time, register the ID following the procedure
below. Once you register the ID, you do not
need to do again.
(1) Open the LCD panel.
(2) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(3) Press V or v to select COMMANDER, then
press EXECUTE.
(4) Press v to select ID SET.
(5) Set the VTR4/ID/VTR2 selector on the
Remote Commander to ID.
(6) Point the Remote Commander at the
camcorder and press p STOP on the Remote
Commander.
(5)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ VTR4/ID/VTR2 ̇
ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂID.
(6)ç‡Ô ‡‚¸ÚÂÔÛθډËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
After the beep sound, the ID of the Remote
Commander is registered, and the
COMMANDER is set to ID in the menu
system.
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
p
STOP ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
èÓÒΠÁÛÏÏ ÌÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒË̇· ID
(ˉÂÌÚËÙË͇ˆËfl)Ôyθڇ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl·Û‰ÂÚÁ‡ „ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡Ì‡,Ë
COMMANDER ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ID ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
(7) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(7)ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛.
MENU
2
3,
4
STOP
6
EXECUTE
1
ID
5
VTR 4
VTR 2
MENU
7
When the BEEP is set to OFF in the menu
system
The beep does not sound at step 6.
äÓ„‰‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl BEEP ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ OFF
‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛
áÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇Π‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 6 Á‚Û˜‡Ú¸ ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ.
87
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
Remote control direction
Aim the Remote Commander to the remote
sensor.
The operative range of the Remote Commander
is about 5 m (16.4 feet) indoors. Depending on
the angle, Remote Commander may not activate
the camcorder.
ç‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
燈ÂθÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
̇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ.
ꇷӘËȉˇԇÁÓÌÔÛθڇ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÒÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ 5 Ï ‚
ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË. Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ Û„Î‡ ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ ÌÂ
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎflÚ¸‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ.
Notes on the Remote Commander
•Keep the remote sensor away from strong light
sources such as direct sunlight or illumination.
Otherwise, the remote control may not be
effective.
•Be sure that there is no obstacle between the
remote sensor on the camcorder and the
Remote Commander.
•This camcorder works at commander mode
VTR4 or ID. The commander modes (VTR4 or
ID) are used to distinguish this camcorder from
other Sony VCRs to avoid remote control
misoperation. If you use another Sony VCR at
commander mode ID, we recommend you
change the commander mode or cover the
remote sensor of the VCR with black paper.
•You do not need to register the ID again once
you have done so. Set the COMMANDER to
ID in the menu system, and set the VTR4/ID/
VTR2 selector ID on the Remote Commander to
ID.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÔÛθÚÛ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
• ï ‡ÌËÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â
ÓÚ ÒËθÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ͇Í
Ì‡Ô ËÏ , Ô flÏ˚ ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ ÎÛ˜Ë ËÎË
ËÎβÏË̇ˆËfl. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
̽ÙÙÂÍÚË‚ÌÓ.
• ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ÏÂÊ‰Û ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚Ï
‰‡Ú˜ËÍÓÏ Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë ÔÛθÚÓÏ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËflÌÂÚ
Ô ÂÔflÚÒÚ‚Ëfl.
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ‚ ÂÊËÏÂÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl VTR4 ËÎË ID.
êÂÊËÏ˚ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (VTR4 ËÎË ID) ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl
‰ÎflÓÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌËfl‰‡ÌÌÓ„ÓÔÛθڇÓÚ‰ Û„Ëı
äÇå Sony ‚Ó ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ
‡·ÓÚ˚ Ô Ë ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓÏ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËË.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‰ Û„ÓÈ äÇå Sony ‚
ÂÊËÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ID, Ï˚
ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚ ËÁÏÂÌËÎË ÂÊËÏ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡Í ˚ÎË
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ äÇå ˜Â ÌÓÈ
·Ûχ„ÓÈ.
•The registered ID is not erased even if the built-
in rechageable vanadium-lithium battery gets
discharged.
• LJÏÌÂÚ Â·ÛÂÚÒfl „ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡Ú¸IDcÌÓ‚‡
ÔÓÒÎÂÚÓ„Ó,͇ÍÇ˚҉·ÂÚ½ÚÓÓ‰ËÌ ‡Á.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ COMMANDER ̇ ID ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÏÂÌ˛ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ VTR4/ID/VTR2
̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂID.
• ᇠ„ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡Ì̇fl ˉÂÌÚËÙË͇ˆËfl ID ÌÂ
ÒÚË ‡ÂÚÒfl,‰‡ÊÂÂÒÎË‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌ̇fl
‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ‡Á fl‰ËÚÒfl.
88
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Operation indicators
ꇷӘË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚
!¡
!™
!£
!¢
!∞
!§
!¶
1
2
3
4
STBY
0:13:46:05
50min
T
AE LOCK
16 : 9 WIDE
FADER
5
6
7
8
9
!º
16BIT
PHOTO
W
VOL
20min
!•
1 Manual focus/Infinity indicator (p. 43)
2 PROGRAM AE indicator (p. 40)
3 White balance indicator (p. 44)
4 SteadyShot indicator (p. 38)
5 AE LOCK indicator (p. 46)
1 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÛÌÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒ Ó‚ÍË/
·ÂÒÍÓ̘ÌÓÒÚË (ÒÚ . 43)
2 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ PROGRAM AE (ÒÚ . 40)
3 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó (ÒÚ . 44)
4 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË (ÒÚ . 38)
5 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ AE LOCK (ÒÚ . 46)
6 16:9 WIDE indicator (p. 35)
7 FADER indicator (p. 34)
6 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ 16:9 WIDE (ÒÚ . 35)
7 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ FADER (ÒÚ . 34)
8 Zoom indicator (p. 15)
8 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË (ÒÚ . 15)
9 BRT (bright) indicator (p. 16)/VOL (volume)
indicator (p. 21)
9 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ BRT(fl ÍÓÒÚË) (ÒÚ .16) /
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ VOL („ ÓÏÍÓÒÚË) (ÒÚ . 21)
0 Warning indicator (p. 91)
0 è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÈË̉Ë͇ÚÓ
(ÒÚ .91)
!¡ Mirror mode indicator (p. 32)
!¡ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Á ͇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
(ÒÚ .32)
Continued to the next page
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl̇ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
89
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
!™ Recording mode indicator (p. 14)
!™ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËχÁ‡ÔËÒË (ÒÚ .14)
!£ Recording standby mode indicator (p. 12)/
!£ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË (ÒÚ . 12) /
Tape transport mode indicator
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËχ Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚
!¢ Time code indicator (p. 14)
!∞ Remaining tape indicator (p. 14)
!§ Audio mode indicator (p. 60)
!¢ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ (ÒÚ . 14)
!∞ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 14)
!§ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÂÊËχ (ÒÚ . 60)
!¶ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Á‡ÔËÒËÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËÈ (ÒÚ .36) /
!¶ Photo recording indicator (p. 36)/Electronic
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˝ÎÂÍÚ ÓÌÌÓÈ ‚ÒÔ˚¯ÍË
flash indicator
!• à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ (ÒÚ . 63) /Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌË ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı
!• Remaining battery indicator (p. 63)/
Remaining time in minutes indicator
90
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÂ
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚
Warning indicators
ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ÏË„‡˛Ú ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ËÎË‚‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂËÎËÔ Â‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÂ
ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‚ ÓÍӯ͠‰ËÒÔÎÂfl, ÚÓ
Ô Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ:
If indicators flash on the LCD screen or in the
viewfinder or warning messages appear on the
display window , check the following:
: you can hear the beep sound when BEEP is
set to ON in the menu system.
:Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎ˚¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Ò˄̇Î, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl BEEP
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ON ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
1
4
2
5
8
3
5min
0min
6
9
7
1 The battery is weak or dead.
1 Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò··˚È ËÎË
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌÌ˚È.
Slow flashing: The battery is weak.
Fast flashing: The battery is dead.
Depending on conditions, the i indicator
may flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes
remaining.
å‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ÏË„‡ÌËÂ: Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò··˚È.
Å˚ÒÚ Ó ÏË„‡ÌËÂ: Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌÌ˚È.
ÇÁ‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈË̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË Â˘Â ÓÒÚ‡ÎÓÒ¸ 5
ËÎË 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.
i
2 The tape is near the end.
2 ãÂÌÚ‡ Ô Ë·ÎËʇÂÚÒfl Í ÍÓ̈Û.
The flashing is slow.
å‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ÏË„‡ÌËÂ.
3 The tape has run out.
3 ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓ̘Ë·Ҹ.
The flashing becomes rapid.
åË„‡ÌË ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ·˚ÒÚ ˚Ï.
4 No tape has been inserted.
4 ãÂÌÚ‡ Ì ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇.
5
ç‡ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ ÌÂÚ ÎÂÔÂÒÚ͇ (Í ‡Ò̇fl ÏÂÚ͇).
5 The tab on the tape is out (red).
6 Moisture condensation has occurred. (p. 66)
6 è ÓËÁӯ· ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë. (ÒÚ . 66)
7 ÇˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚.
7 The video heads may be contaminated.
(ÒÚ .67)
(p. 67)
8 ó‡Ò˚ Ì ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ˚.
ÖÒÎË ˜‡Ò˚ Ì ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ˚, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
̇ÊËχÂÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ START/STOP ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
CAMERA, ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË ‚˚҂˜˂‡ÂÚÒfl ‚
Ú˜ÂÌËÂ5ÒÂÍÛ̉.
8 The clock is not set.
If the clock is not set when you press START/
STOP button in the CAMERA mode, the
message appears for 5 seconds.
9 àÏÂÂÚÒfl ͇͇fl-ÎË·Ó ‰ Û„‡fl Ô Ó·ÎÂχ.
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÔËÚ‡ÌËflË
9 Some other trouble has occurred.
Disconnect the power source and contact your
Sony dealer or local authorized facility.
Ò‚flÊËÚÂÒ¸ Ò Ç‡¯ËÏ ‰ËΠÓÏ Sony ËÎË
ÏÂÒÚÌ˚Ï ÛÔÓÎÌÓÏÓ˜ÂÌÌ˚Ï Ô Â‰Ô ËflÚËÂÏ.
91
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)
Index
A, B
F, G, H
R
AE LOCK ................................... 46
Audio dubbing .......................... 55
Audio mode ............................... 60
BATT(LOCK/RELEASE) ......... 10
BEEP ......................................14, 29
Fade-in/fade-out ....................... 34
FADER........................................ 34
FOCUS ........................................ 43
Full charge ................................... 7
Remaining battery indicator .... 63
Remaining tape indicator ......... 14
Remote Commander ................. 85
S
I, J, K, L
Skip scan ..................................... 22
SP mode ...................................... 14
Standby mode ............................ 12
START/STOP MODE switch .. 18
SteadyShot ................................. 38
C
ID .................................................. 87
InfoLITHIUM ............................ 64
LCD BRIGHT ............................. 16
LP mode ..................................... 14
Camera recording ..................... 12
Car battery ................................. 27
Charging battery pack ................ 7
Charging vanadium-lithium
M, N
T, U, V
battery ...................................... 57
Cleaning video heads ............... 67
Clock set ..................................... 58
Colour TV system ................. 4, 70
Connection ........................... 47, 52
COPY INHIBIT .......................... 60
Manual focus ............................. 42
Menu system ............................. 28
Mirror mode .............................. 32
Moisture condensation ............. 66
Normal charge ............................. 7
Time code ................................... 14
Tripod mounting ....................... 20
Trouble check ............................ 71
VOLUME ................................... 21
W, X, Y, Z
O, P, Q
Warning indicators ................... 91
White balance ............................ 44
Wide TV mode .......................... 35
ZERO SET MEMORY ............... 50
Zoom ............................................15
D, E
PHOTO ....................................... 36
Playback on a TV....................... 47
Playback pause .......................... 22
Power sources ............................ 25
Power zoom ............................... 15
PROGRAM AE .......................... 40
Data Code .................................. 49
DISPLAY .................................... 21
Digital zoom .............................. 16
DV connecting cable ................. 52
DV format .................................. 47
DV OUT...................................... 52
Editing ........................................ 52
EJECT ...........................................11
END SEARCH ........................... 24
Exposure ..................................... 46
ÄÎÙ‡‚ËÌÚ˚È
Û͇Á‡ÚÂθ
Ä, Å, Ç
î – ü
è, ê
îÓ Ï‡Ú DV ............................. 47
è‡ÛÁ‡‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ..... 22
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ñËÙ Ó‚ÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ
òË ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ..... 35
ùÍcÔoÁˈËfl ............................46
.... 16
Ä‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌ˚È
ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓʉÂÌËfl ...................55
è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP
MODE ...................................18
èÓËÒÍÏÂÚÓ‰ÓÏÔ Ó„Ó̇ ....... 22
èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ .......................7
è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÂ
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ........................27
Ň·ÌÒ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó .......................44
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ/‚˚‚‰ÂÌËÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl .......................34
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ̇
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â ..........................47
Ç ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ ......................14
A, B, C, D
AE LOCK ................................. 46
BATT (LOCK/RELEASE) ....... 10
BEEP................................. 14, 29
COPY INHIBIT ........................ 60
DISPLAY ................................. 21
DV OUT................................... 52
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ........................91
è Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ
è ӂ ͇ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
... 15
.. 75
É, Ñ, Ö, Ü, á
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. ....................12
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ .. 7
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË ............................57
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ....................60
á ͇θÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ............. 32
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ..........................85
êÂÊËÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË ................ 12
êÂÊËÏÒڇ̉‡ ÚÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ............... 14
êÂÊËÏ y‰ÎËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ............... 14
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡ ............ 42
E, F, G, H
EJECT ..................................... 11
END SEARCH. ........................ 24
FADER .................................... 34
FOCUS .................................... 43
à, ä, ã, å
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡-
fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ... 63
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl
Î Â Ì Ú ˚ . ................................. 14
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍËÔËÚ‡ÌËfl .............. 25
äÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı.. .........................49
äÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë .............. 66
åÓÌÚ‡Ê...................................52
I, J, K, L
ID ............................................ 87
InfoLITHIUM ............................64
LCD BRIGHT .......................... 16
C
ëËÒÚÂχ ÏÂÌ˛. ......................28
ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ................... 4, 70
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌË .....................47, 52
Coe‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ. ......................52
M, N, O, P
PHOTO ................................... 36
PROGRAM AE ........................ 40
Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z
VOLUME ................................. 21
ZERO SET MEMORY ............ 50
ç, é
í, ì
ç‡ÂÁ‰ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. ........... 15
çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ............. 7
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ ........ 67
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ̇ Ú ÂÌÓ„Â .......... 20
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˜‡ÒÓ‚....................58
ìÒÚÓȘ˂‡fl Ò˙ÂÏ͇ ............. 38
Sony Corporation Printed in Japan
DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)
|